Tong Hop Cac Dang Bai Cho On Thi THPT Quoc Gia Mon Tieng Anh

VnDoc - Tải tài liệu, văn bản pháp luật, biểu mẫu miễn phí
Part I: PHONETICS
I. Different sound
1. A. heat B. scream C. meat D. dead
2. A. prepared B. particular C. pagoda D. attract
3. A. thrilling B. other C. through D. something
4. A. idea B. going C. will D. trip
5. A. face B. place C. prepared D. days
6. A. around B. sound C. only D. mouse
7. A. teacher B. other C. together D. term
8. A. Germany B. garden C. gate D. gas
9. A. scholarship B. Christ C. school D. chicken
10. A. house B. harm C. hour D. husband
11. A. sing B. morning C. any D. hang
12. A. hundred B. exhausted C. however D. heat
13. A. head B. ready C. mean D. weather
14. A. choir B. cheap C. child D. chair
15. A. charge B. child C. teacher D. champagne
16. A. reason B. clear C. mean D. each
17. A. motion B. question C. mention D. fiction
18. A. gather B. good C. large D. again
19. A. change B. children C. machine D. church
20. A. hand B. bank C. sand D. band
21. A. cooks B. loves C. joins D. spends
22. A. share B. rare C. are D. declare
23. A. clothes B. cloths C. roofs D. books
24. A. naked B. looked C. booked D. hooked
25. A. laughed B. weighed C. helped D. missed
26. A. apply B. university C. identity D. early
27. A. choice B. achieve C. each D. chemistry
28. A. final B. applicant C. high D. decide
29. A. average B. indicate C. application D. grade
30. A. course B. four C. our D. yours
31. A. worker B. whom C. interview D. answer
32. A. honest B. holiday C. home D. happiness
33. A. character B. teacher C. chemist D. technical
34. A. interview B. minute C. question D. suitable
35 A. explained B. disappointed C. prepared D. interviewed
36. A. economy B. industry C. qualify D. priority
37. A. right B. private C. communist D. minority
38. A. measure B. subsidies C. domestic D. hospital
39. A. though B. encourage C. enough D. country
40. A. improve B. introduce C. move D. lose
41. A. future B. mature C. pasture D. nature
42. A. chore B. technology C. much D. exchange
43. A. threaten B. earth C. healthy D. breathe
44. A. wipe B. allow C. powerful D. answer
45. A. service B. practice C. office D. device
46. A. grasses B. stretches C. comprises D. potatoes
47. A. lie B. wide C. circle D. comprise
1
48. A. compound B. route C. house D. south
49. A. dune B. hummock C. shrub D. buffalo
50. A. west B. between C. growth D. which
II. Stress
1. A. comprise B. sandy C. circle D. northern
2. A. Aborigines B. expedition C. kilometer D. scientific
3. A. corridor B. enormous C. mystery D. separate
4. A. remain B. hummock C. explore D. between
5. A. territory B. Australia C. geography D. society
6. A. eject B. crossbar C. except D. commit
7. A. canoeing B. opponent C. windsurfing D. defensive
8 A. participant B. publicity C. competitive D. individual
9 A. interfere B. memory C. personal D. vertical
10 A. award B. defeat C. refer D. scuba
11. A. social B. conduct C. survey D. value
12. A. marvelous B. attention C. consider D. excited
13. A. verbal B. whistle C. precede D. marriage
14. A. attract B. decide C. reject D. beauty
15. A. solution B. suitable C. confidence D. family
16. A. conical B. determine C. contractual D. supportive
17. A. physical B. mischievous C. suitable D. romantic
18. A. ancestor B. measurement C. counterpart D. appearance
19. A. commitment B. inflation C. collection D. enterprise
20. A. dissolve B. observe C. publish D. appraise
21. A. technology B. psychology C. reconstruction D. apology
22. A. between B. result C. ago D. coffee
23. A. waving B. teaching C. pointing D. divide
24. A. student B. listen C. blackboard D. between
25. A. traditional B. professional C impossible D. decoration
26. A. economics B. interfere C. philosophy D. punctuality
27. A. secondary B. primary C. fantastic D. national
28. A. education B. curriculum C. technology D. integrity
29. A. because B. method C. standard D. wooden
30. A. ashtray B. music C. severe D. temper
31. A. farewell B. thoughtful C. toward D. approach
32. A. mischievous B. family C. supportive D. suitable
33. A. desert B. parallel C. hummock D. aerial
34. A. measure B. pressure C. unwise D. sacrifice
35. A. attitude B. partnership C. actually D. Vietnamese
36. A. survey B. enormous C. remained D. mystery
37. A. diversity B. marriage C. engagement D. importance
38. A. European B. Victorian C. Brazilian D. Korean
39. A. America B. equal C. maintain D. attractive
40. A. confide B. reject C. precede D. conical
41. A. expedition B. exploration C. Australian D. Geographical
42. A. appropriate B. interesting C. different D. cultural
43. A. culture B. engage C. majority D. determine
44. A. romantic B. counterpart C. discussion D. appearance
45. A. bridegroom B. bamboo C. wedding D. survey
46. A. supernatural B. explanation C. redundancy D. electronic
2
47. A. gymnastics B. criminal C. investment D. excitement
48. A. financial B. ambitious C. refusal D. evidence
49. A. confess B. function C. jealous D. patient
50. A. possibility B. manufacture C. instrument D. disappointed
Part II: TENSES

1. When I got home I found that water...............................down the kitchen walls
A. ran B. was running C. has run D. had been running
2. After he.......................his English course, he went to England to continue his study
A. has finish B. had finished C. was finished D. would finish
3. How.........................since we .....................college?
A. are you- left B. were you- left C. have you been- have left D. have you been- left
4. I..................much of you lately. We..........................three months ago
A. haven’t seen- last meet B. didn’t see- met C. haven’t seen- have meet D. didn’t see- have met
5. The Chinese.......................spaghetti dishes for a long time before Marco Polo.................back to Italy
A. made- brought B. have made- brought C. made- had brought D. had been making- brought
6. When I arrived at the meeting the first speaker.................speaking and the audience...................
A. just finished- were clapping B. had just finished- had clapped
C. had just finished- were clapping D. just finished- had clapped
7. He.............................his job last month and then he..................out of work
A. lost- was B. was lost- had been C. has lost- was D. lost- has been
8. In the last hundred years, travelling.......................much easier and more comfortable
A. become B. has become C. became D. will became
th
9. In the 19 century, it.............two or three months to across North America by covered wagon
A. took B. had taken C. had been taken D. was taking
10. In the past, the trip...................very rough and often dangerous, but things..........a great deal in the last hundred
and fifty years
A. was- have changed B. is- change C. had been- will change D. has been- changed
11. She................Hanoi last year
A. went B. go C. goes D. is going
12. Now you ..................from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours
A. are flying B. would fly C. will fly D. can fly
13. When Carol....................last night, I................my favorite show on television
A. was calling- watched B. called- have watched C. called- was watching D. had called- watched
14. By the time next summer, you....................your studies
A. completes B. will complete C. are completing D. will have completed
15. Right now, Jim.................the newspaper and Kathy...............dinner
A. reads- has cooked B. is reading- is cooking
C. has read- was cooking D. read- will be cooking
16. Last night at this time, they................................the same thing. She.................and he............the newspaper
A. are doing- is cooking- is reading B. were doing- was cooking- was reading
C. was doing- has cooked- is reading D. had done- was cooking- read
3
17. Sam..............to change a light bulb when he................and.........................
A. was trying-slipped- fell B. tried- was slipping- falling
C. had been trying- slipped- was falling D. has tried- slips- falls
18. Every day I _________up at 6 o’clock, _______breakfast at seven o’clock and_______for work at 8 o’clock
A. get- eat- leave B. have got- eating- leaving C. got- ate- left D. will get- have eaten- left
19. I.......................... for this company for more then thirty years, and I intend to stay here until I..............next year
A. am working- will retire B. am going to work- am retiring
C. work- am going to retire D. have been working- retire
20. My mother is the first.................up and the last......................to bed
A. getting- going B. to get- going C. getting- to go D. to get- to go
21. I must have a bath. I ......................all the afternoon
A. was gardening B. have gardened C. have been gardening D. had been gardening
22. The team.................a single match so far this season
A. doesn’t win B. didn’t win C. hasn’t won D. hadn’t won
23. By the time you receive this letter, I ................for the USA
A. have left B. will leave C. will have left D. am leaving
24. Up to now, the manager ………………..a lot of information about his secretary.
A. learned B. has learned C. had learned D. learns
25. Where is Mary? _ She ……………her homework in her room.
A. is performing B. is making C. is doing D. is learning
26. While I ……………….along the road, I saw a friend of mine.
A. was cycling B. have cycled C. cycled D. am cycling
27. By the time I . . . . . . . . . . this report, I will give you a ring.
A. type B. will type C. have typed D. will have typed
28. While my mother ________ a film on TV, my father was cooking dinner. It was March 8th yesterday.
A. watched B. was watching C. had watched D. watches
29. The plane from Dallas ________ two hours late, so I missed my connecting flight from Frankfurt to London.
A. took on B. took in C. took over D. took off
30. When we came, a party _________ in the hall.
A. is being held B. had being held C. will be held D. was being held
31. He ………….. in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
32. When I came to visit her last night, she ________ a bath.
A. is having B. was having C. has D. had
33.When we arrived at the restaurant, the others __________ .
A. left B. have left C. had left D. are leaving
34. By the end of 2010 we_______ in Ho Chi Minh City for 30 years.
A. work B. will work C. have worked D. will have worked
35. I learned that the college ________ in 1900
A. found B. was founded C. founded D. had been founded
36. If I ________ 10 years younger, I _________ the job.
A. am/ will take B. were/ would take C. would be/ took D. had been / would take
37. By the time he _____________ to the meeting, it had begun for 15 minutes.
A. had gone B. has gone C. went D. was going
38. He began to feel ill while ___________________.
A. he is doing the exam B. he did the exam C. he would do the exam D. he was doing the exam.
39. Since 1980, scientists the world over _____ a lot of things to fight against AIDS.
A. have done B. are doing C. did D. had done
40. Now my sister _____ a bicycle of her own.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. had
4
41. Last week, my professor promised that he _____ today.
A. would come B. will come C. comes D. coming
42. My girl friend arrived after I _____ for her about half an hour.
A. was waiting B. had been waiting C. have been waiting D. have waited
43. I _____ in Quang Ngai before I moved to Binh Thuan.
A. have been living B. have lived C. had lived D. had been living
44. There are many ways _____ to Rome.
A. is leading B. are leading C. leading D. led
45. While I ____________ T.V last night, a mouse ran across the floor.
A. watch B. watched C. am watching D. was watching
46. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle _________ last night.
A. was stolen B. had been stolen C. stole D. was being stolen
47. While they were ________tables, he was _________ the radio.
A. arranging - listening to B. arranging – hearing C. laying -listening to D. making- hearing
48. I suddenly remembered that I ........to bring my keys.
A. having forgotten B. have forgotten C. had forgotten D. forgot
49. By the year 2010 many people currently employed ________their jobs.
A. will have lost B. will be losing C. have lost D. are losing
50. By September next year I_______ here for ten years.
A. will be working B. work C. will have been working D. have been working
Part III: PASSIVE VOICE

1. We can’t go along here because the road........................
A. is repairing B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. repairs
2. The story I’ve just read...................Agatha Christie
A. was written B. was written by C. was written from D. wrote by
3. I’m going to go out and.................................................
A. have cut my hair B. have my hair cut C. cut my hair D. my hair be cut
4. Something funny ...........................in class yesterday
A. happened B. was happened C. happens D. is happened
5. Many US automobiles........................in Detroit, Michigan
A. manufacture B. have manufactured C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
6. A lot of pesticide residue can.........................................unwashed produce
A. find B. found C. be finding D. be found
7. We..................by a loud noise during the night
A. woke up B. are woken up C. were woken up D. were waking up
8. Some film stars...................difficult to work with
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to be
9. Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? – I don’t enjoy........................at
A. be laughed B. to be laughed C. laughing D. being laughed
10. Today, many serious childhood diseases...........................by early immunization
A. are preventing B. can prevent C. prevent D. can be prevented
11. Do you get your heating..........................every year?
A. checking B. check C. be checked D. checked
12. Bicycles.......................in the driveway
A. must not leave B. must not be leaving C. must not be left D. must not have left
13. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony.......................next weekend

A. is going to be performed B. has been performed
D. will be performing D. will have perform
5
14. All bottles......................................before transportation
A. frozen B. were froze C. were frozen D. are froze
15. ...............................................yet?
A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed
C. Have the letters typed D. Had the letters typed
16. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or Singapore where.................for
administration, broadcasting and education
A. is used B. it is used C. used D. being used
17. The telephones..............by Alexander Graham Bell
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. was invented
18. Lots of houses...................by the earthquake
A. are destroying B. destroyed C. were destroyed D. is destroyed
19. Gold.........................in California in the 19th century
A. was discovered B. has been discovered C. was discover D. they discover
20. The preparation.......................by the time the guest............................
A. had been finished- arrived B. have finished- arrived
C. had finished-were arriving D. have been finished- were arrived
21 The boy_____ by the teacher yesterday.
A. punish B. punished C. punishing D. was punished
22. “Ms Jones, please type those letters before noon”_ “They’ve already ______, sir. They’re on your desk.”
A. typed B. been being typed C. being typed D. been typed
23. Sarah is wearing a blouse. It___________ of cotton.
A. be made B. are made C. is made D. made
24. They had a boy _______ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
25. We got our mail ______ yesterday.
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
26. James……..the news as soon as possible.
A. should tell B. should be told C. should told D. should be telled
27. My wedding ring ______ yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
28. Mr. Wilson is _______ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
29. References _____ in the examination room.
A. not are used B. is not used C. didn’t used D. are not used
30. Laura ______ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
31. His car needs ________.
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
32. Her watch needs _______.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
33. My mother is going _____ this house.
A. sold B. sell C. to be sold D. to sell
34. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are _______.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
35. Have you _____ by a dog?
A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit
36. The room is being _____ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
37. It _____ that the strike will end soon.
6
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
38. It is _____ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
39. He was said _____ this building.
A. designing B. to have designed C. to design D. designed
40. Ted ______ by a bee while he was sitting in the garden.
A. got sting B. got stung C. get stung D. gets stung
41. These tennis courts don’t _____ very often. Not many people want to play.
A. got used B. used C. get used D. get use
42. I’ll get Minh _____ do this for you.
A. do B. done C. did D. to do
43. Those letters ________ now. You can do the typing later.
A. need typing B. needn't be typed C. need to type D. needn't typing
44. “What a beautiful dress you are wearing”- “thanks, it_____ especially for me by a French tailor.”
A. is made B. has made C. made D. was made
45. Somebody cleans the room every day.
A. The room everyday is cleaned. B. The room is every day cleaned.
C. The room is cleaned every day. D. The room is cleaned by somebody every day.
46. People don’t use this road very often.
A. This road is not used very often. B. Not very often this road is not used.
C. This road very often is not used. D. This road not very often is used.
47. How do people learn languages?
A. How are languages learned? B. How are languages learned by people?
C. How languages are learned? D. Languages are learned how?
48. Over 1500 new houses _______ each year. Last year, 1720 new houses _______.
A. were built/ were built B. are built/ were built
C. are building / were built D. were built/ were being built
49. Tom bought that book yesterday.
A. That book was bought by Tom yesterday. B. That book was bought yesterday by Tom.
C. That book yesterday was bought by Tom D. That book was bought yesterday.
50. The new computer system _____ next month.
A. is be installed B. is being installed
C. is been installed D. is being installed by people
Part IV: CONDITIONAL CLAUSE

1. “Would you mind if we ___you by your first name?”
“Not at all. Please call me Tom.”
A. called B. call C. calling D. want to call
’
2. She can t get home ___ she has no money.
A. unless B. if C. until D. without
3. If I had known your new address, we ___to see you.
A. came B. will come C. would come D. would have come
4. If we took the 10:30 train, ___.

A. we would arrive too early B. we should arrive too early
C. we will arrive too early D. we may arrive too early
7
’
5. It s very crowded here. I wish there ___ so many people.
A. aren’t B. weren’t C. haven’t been D. isn’t
6. I wouldn’t go there at night if I ___ you.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
’
7. If I ___ get a pole, I ll go fishing.
A. can B. could C. may D. might
8. If they had enough time, they ___ head south.
A. will B. can C. must D. might
9. If you ___ a choice, which country would you visit?
A. have B. had C. have had D. will have
10. Trees won’t grow ___ there is enough water.
A. if B. when C. unless D. as
11. ___ she agreed, you would have done it.
A. If B. Had C. Should D. Would
’
12. If you ___ to be chosen for the job, you ll have to be experienced in the field.
A. want B. wanted C. had wanted D. wants
13. If the doctor had arrived sooner, the boy ___.
A. might be saved B. have been saved C. was saved D. might have been saved
14. If there ___, the rice fields could have been more productive.
A. had been enough water B. were enough water C. would be enough water D. are enough water
15. The patient could not recover unless he ___ an operation.
A. had undergone B. would undergo C. underwent D. was undergoing
16. If she ___ him, she would be very happy.
A. would meet B. will meet C. is meeting D. should meet
17. If he ___ a thorough knowledge of English, he could have applied for this post.
A. had had B. had C. has D. has had
18. If I had enough money, I ___ abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. would go C. should go D. should have to go
’
19. If it ___ convenient, let s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. is C. was D. were
20. If you ___ time, please write to me.
A. have B. had C. have had D. has
21. If it ___ tomorrow, we may postpone going on a picnic.
A. rains B. will rain C. shall rain D. raining
’
22. If you hadn t watched that late mivie last night, you ___ sleepy now.
A. wouldn’t have been B. wouldn’t be C. might have not been D. wouldn ’t have been being
23. If you ___ as I told you, you ___ sorry now.

A. did- would not be B. had done- had not been C. do – would not be D. had done –
would not be
24. If only I ___ him now.
A. see B. saw C. have seen D. seen
’
25. If I ___, I ll let you know.
A. am staying B. will stay C. do stay D. would stay
8
26. If only I ___ you wanted to invest money in business.
A. had known B. knew C. have known D. know
27. Linda wishes she ___her car.
A. hasn’t sold B. hadn’t sold C. doesn’t sell D. won’t
sell
28. He looked frightened as if he___a ghost.
A. had seen B. saw C. would see D. was seeing
29. I wish it ___ a holiday today.
A. were B. will be C. is D. had been
30. “My car broke down when I was leaving Detroit and I had to take the bus.”
“___, we would have picked you up.”
A. Had we known B. If we have known C. We had known D. If we did know
31. If I ___ as young as you are, I ___ in a boat round the world.
A. were- would sail B. would be – would sail C. were- will sail D. would- would sail
32. If he___tickets yesterday, he ___ on the beach now.
A. had booked- would be lying B. had booked- would have lied
C. booked – would lie D. books- will lie
33. If you ___ less last night, you ___ so bad today.
A. had drunk- would not have felt B. drank- would not feel
C. had drunk- would not feel D. would have drunk- would not feel
34. It seemed as if he ___ of it before.
A. would never hear B. has never heard C. never heard D. had never heard
35. ___ today, she would get home by Friday.
A. Would she leave B. Was she leaving C. Were she to leave D. If she leaves
’
36. “He s a very brave man.” “Yes, I wish I ___ his courage.”
A. have B. had C. will have D. would have
37. ___he___ hard last year, he would have lost the first prize.
A. Hadn’t – studied B. Had- studied C. Didn’t study D. If – had studied
’
38. We re going to be late if ___.
A. we not leave right now B. we didn’t leave right now
C. we won’t leave right now D. we don’t leave right now
39. “I wish this city___ so noisy.” “I know. I wish we ___ in the countryside.”
A. isn’t – live B. wasn’t – live C. weren’t- live D. weren’t – lived
40. He acted as though he___ for days.
A. not eat B. hasn’t eaten C. hadn’t eaten D. didn’t eat
41. We ___ the game if we’d had a few more minutes.
A. might have won B. won C. had won D. will win
’
42. I ___ William with me if I had known you and he didn t get along with each other.
A. hadn’t brought B. didn’t bring C. wouldn’t have brought D. won’t bring
43. If you ___ to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in this mess right now.
A. listen B. will listen C. had listened D. listened
44. ___ interested in that subject, I would try to learn more about it.
A. Were I B. Should I C. I was D. If I am
9
45. I ___ you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.
A. would have visited B. visited C. had visited D. visit
46. ___ then what I know today, I would have saved myself a lot of time and trouble over the years.
A. Had I known B. Did I know C. If I know D. If I would know
47. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people ___ the same language?
A. spoke B. speak C. had spoken D. will speak
’
48. Unless you ___ all of my questions, I can t do anything to help you.
A. answered B. answer C. would answer D. are answering
49. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I ___ it.
A. would never have believed B. don’t believe C. hadn’t believed D. can’t believe
50. If Jake ___ to go on the trip, would you have gone?
A. doesn’t agree B. didn’t agree C. hadn’t agreed D. wouldn’t agree
Part V: REPORTED SPEECH

1. Julia said that she ___________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
2. He _______ that he was leaving way that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
3. She said to me that she __________ to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. has written C. was writing D. had writing
4. I _________ him to sell that old motorbike.
A. said to B. suggested C. advised D. recommended
5. My parents reminded me ________ the flowers.
A. remember to plant B. not to plant to plant C. to plant D. planting
6. I asked Martha ______ to enter law school.
A. are you planning B. is she planning C. was she planning D. if she was planning
7. Nam wanted to know what time ________.
A. does the movie begin B. did the movie begin C. the movie begins D. the movie began
8. I wondered_______ the right thing.
A. whether I was doing B. if I am doing C. was I doing D. am I doing
9. The scientist said the earth ________ the sun.
A. goes around B. is going around C. went around D. was going around
10. Peter said that if he ________rich, he _________ a lot.
A. is – will travel B. were – would travel
C. had been – would have travelled D. was – will travel
11. They said that they had been driving through the desert__________.
A. the previous day B. yesterday C. the last day D. Sunday previously
12. He asked the children _________too much noise.
A. not to make B. not making C. don’t make D. if they don’t make
13. The man said that the days _________longer in summer.
A. will be B. are C. were D. can be
14. The teacher said Columbus _________America in 1942.
A. discovered B. had discovered C. was discovering D. would discover
15. John said he _________ her since they ________ school.
A. hasn’t met – left B. hadn’t met - had left C. hadn’t met – left D. didn’t meet – has left
16. The woman asked __________get lunch at school.
A. can the children B. whether the children could C. if the children can D. could the
children
10
17. Laura said that when she_________ to school, she saw an accident.
A. was walking B. has walked C. had been walking D. has been walking
18. He asked, “Why didn’t she take the final exam?” - He asked why __________ the final exam.
A. she took B. did she take C. she hadn’t taken D. she had taken
19. Ba said he__________ some good marks last semester.
A. gets B. got C. getting D. have got
20. They told their parents that they___________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
21. She asked me where I___________ from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
22. She_________ me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
23. He asked me who____________ the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
24. He wants to know whether I ___________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
25. I wonder why he___________ love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
26. They asked me how many children___________.
A. I had B. had I C. I have D. have I
27. Thu said she had been___________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
28. The student said that the English test_______ the most difficult.
A. is B. was C. will be D. have been
29. He wanted to know _______ shopping during the previous morning.
A. if we had been going B. that if we had been going C. we were going D. that we were going
30. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
A. that did I know / who were Robert B. that I knew / who Robert were
C. if I knew / who Robert was D. whether I knew / who was Robert
31. The mother asked her son _______.
A. where he has been B. where he had been C. where has he been D. where had he been
32. Martin asked me _______.
A. how is my father B. how my father is C. how was my father D. how my father was
33. The host asked Peter _______ tea or coffee.
A. whether he preferred B. that he preferred C. did he prefer D. if he prefers
34. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
A. where I spent / the previous year B. where I had spent / the previous year
C. where I spent / last year D. where did I spend / last year
35. He advised _______ too far.
A. her did not go B. her do not go C. her not to go D. she did not go
36. John often says he _______ boxing because it _______ a cruel sport.
A. does not like / is B. did not like / were C. not liked / had been D. had not liked / was
37. Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer _______.
A. before B. ago C. last D. previous
38. He asked _______ him some money.
A. her to lend B. she to lend C. she has lent D. she lends
39. Andrew told me that they _______ fish two _______ days.
A. have not eaten / ago B. had not eaten / previous C. did not eat / before D. would not eat / last
40. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
A. had done / following B. will do / previous C. would do / following D. was going / previous
11
41. John asked me _______ in English.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
42. The mother told her son _______ so impolitely.
A. not behave B. not to behave C. not behaving D. did not behave
43. She said she _______ collect it for me after work.
A. would B. did C. must D. had
44. She said I _______ an angel.
A. am B. was C. were D. have been
45. I have ever told you he _______ unreliable.
A. is B. were C. had been D. would Be
46. I told him _______ the word to Jane somehow that I _______ to reach her during the early hours.
A. passing / will try B. he will pass / tried C. to pass / would be trying D. he passed / have tried
47. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.
A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
48. John asked me _______ interested in any kind of sports.
A. if I were B. if were I C. if was I D. if I was
49. John asked me _______ that film the night before.
A. that I saw B. had I seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
50. The guest told the host that _______.
A. I must go now B. he must go now C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
Part VI: RELATIVE CLAUSE

1. The man ________ spoke to John is my brother.
A. whom B. who C. whose D. which
2. I must thank the man from _____ I got the present.
A. who B. whom C. that D. which
3. It is a car ______ I bought last year.
A. whom B. who C. which D. whose
4. He is the man _______ son is a doctor
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
5. I come from a city _______ is located in the southern part of the country.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
6. The film about _____ they are talking is fantastic.
A. who B. which C. whom D. that
7. That ’s the woman to _______ Jim used to be married.
A. who B. whom C. which D. that
8. The people who are waiting for the bus in the rain are getting well
A. waiting B. to wait C. waited D. wait
9. He is the boy _______ is my best friend
A. that B. whom C. who D. A& C
10. I have a message for people __________ by the traffic chaos.
12
A. to delay B. who delay C. delayed D. who delaying
11. I live in a pleasant room ____________ the garden.
A. to overlook B. overlooking C. overlooked D. which overlooking
12. Melanie was the only person __________ a letter of thanks.
A. wrote B. written C. to write D. writing
13. The pilot was the only man __________ after the crash.
A. was rescued B. rescued C. rescuing D. to be rescued
14. I met a lot of new people at the party ________ names I can’t remember.
A. whose B. which C. who D. whom
15. I talked to a woman __________ car had broken down on the way to the party.
A. which B. who C. whose D. whom
16. Vicky, __________ name was missed off the list, wasn’t very pleased.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
17. The picture was painted by Laura, ____________ is being shown in an exhibition.
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
18. The concert ___________ we are looking forward is next Saturday.
A. which B. that C. whom D. A & B
19. I’ll see you near the post office ___________ we met the other day.
A. which B. where C. when D. why
20. The success of shared holidays depends on __________ you shared it with.
A. whose B. who C. whom D. which
21. The sun, ____ is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us with heat an light.
A. which B. that C. who D. A & B are correct
22. Tom made a number of suggestions, most of ____ were very helpful.
A. them B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
23. Alaska, __________ my brother lives, is the largest state in the United States.
A. which B. where C. w ho D. All are correct
24. Tell me the reason ____________ you were absent yesterday.
A. where B. when C. why D. that
25. There was a time __________ dinosaurs dominated the earth.
A. which B. when C. that D. A & B are correct
26. The house in ___________ I was born and grew up was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
27. Summer is the time of the year _________ the weather is the hottest.
A. when B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
28. Sunday is the day on ___________ I am least busy.
A. where B. when C. which D. that
29. Do you know the man about ___________ they’re talking?
A. whom B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
30. What’s the name of the blonde girl ___________ just came in?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & B are correct
31. I don’t like people ___________ lose their tempers easily.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A & C are correct
13
32. Mexico City, _________ has a population of over 10 million, is probably the fastest growing city in the world.
A. which B. whose C. that D. A & B are correct
33. This is Henry, __________ sister works for my father.
34. He’s the man ___________ people like at first sight.
A. who B. whom C. that D. All are correct
35. Could you iron the trousers ___________ are hanging up behind the door?
A. who B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
36. Where is the girl _________ sells tickets?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & C are correct
37. The man _________ we consider as our leader had much experience in climbing mountains.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A & C are correct
38. The artist _________ name I couldn’t remember was one of the best I had ever seen.
39. Frank invited Janet, __________ he had met in Japan, to the party.
40. The girl __________ design had been chosen stepped to the platform to receive the award.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
41. I need to find a painting ________ will match the rest of my room.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
42. There are too many poor people ________ do not have enough to eat in the world.
43. The trees __________ have the beautiful flowers grow near the gate of the garden.
44. The teacher ___________ teaches us French is coming today.
A. whom B. who C. that D. B & C are correct
45. What’s the music to ___________ you are listening?
A. whose B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
46. I don’t like the stories __________ have unhappy endings.
A. who B. which C. that D. B & C are correct
47. The students __________ don’t have library cards can’t borrow books from the library.
A. who B. which C. whom D. A & C are correct
48. The dress __________ she bought last week doesn’t fit her well.
A. whom B. which C. whose D. B & C are correct
49. Do you know a shop ___________ sells good coffee?
A. which B. that C. whose D. A & B are correct
50. The teacher punished the student _________ was naughty.
A. whom B. who C. which D. A & B are correct
Part VII: CLAUSE OF REASON

1. Hundreds of species of Hawaiian flowers have become extinct or rare ___ land development and the grazing of
wild goats.
14
A. now that B. due to C. because D. for
’
2. ___ extremely bad weather in the mountains, we re no longer considering our skiing trip.
A. Due to B. Because C. Since D. Due to the fact that
3. Barbara is motivated to study ___ she knows that a good education can improve her life.
A. because B. because of C. due to D. owing to
4. He could not play in the game ___ his foot injury.
A. because B. due to the fact that C. because of D. for
5. ___ I had nothing for lunch but an apple, I ate dinner early.
A. For B. Since C. Due to D. Because of
6. Mr. Watson retired from his job early ___ his ill health.
A. because B. due to C. as D. for
7. She bought a book ___ she had heard it was good.
A. because of B. owing to C. due to D. due to the fact that
’
8. Josh couldn t open the door ___ the lock was broken.
’ ’
9. Let s ask our teacher how to solve this problem ___ we can t agree on the answer.
A. Since B. because of C. due to D. owing to
10. ____the need to finish this project soon. I want you to work on this overtime for the next few days.
A. Because B. As C. Because of D. Since
’ ’
11. I can t ride my bike ___ there isn t any air in one of the tires.
’
12. ___ our apartment building has had two robberies in the last month, I m going to put an extra lock on the door
and install a telephone in my bedroom.
A. Since B. For C. because of D. owing to
13. I turned on the fan ___ the room was hot.
A. due to B. owing to C. because D. because of
’
14. We didn t arrive at the lecture on time ___ the bus was late.
A. owing to B. as C. because of D. due to
’
15. I wonder who drank all the milk yesterday. It can t have been Susan ___ she was out all day.
A. because of B. because C. due to D. owing to
16. ___ the old man spoke very slowly and clearly, I could understand him at all.
A. As B. because of C. due to D. owing to
17. I knew they were talking about me ___ they stopped when I entered the room.
A. because B. because of C. owing to D. due to
’
18. ___ the storm, the ship couldn t reach its destination on time.
A. Owing to B. As C. Since D. Because
’
19. ___ his parents generosity, all of the children in his family have received the best of anything.
A. Due to the fact that B. Because of C. Because D. Since
20. ___ she has a job, she is able to pay her rent and provide food for her family.
A. Since B. Due to C. Because of D. Owing to
21. We didn’t go to France last summer______ we couldn’t afford to.
A. Owing to B. due to C. because D. because of
22. ______the flight delay, they didn’t attend the conference.
A. Because B. For C. owing to D. Because of
15
23. The flight from New York to London was delayed ______ the heavy fog.
A. because of B. because C. since D.due to the fact that
24. Hoa was late _____ her car was broken down.
A. because of B. due to C. because D. owing to
25. We couldn’t sleep last night _____ the noise next door.
A. as B. since C. because D. because of
26. ______ he can’t afford a car, he goes to work by bicycle.
A. Because B. Since C. As D. all are correct
27. Huong didn’t participate in the contest ______ her lack of confidence.
A. because B. because of C. since D. due to the fact that
28. The player was ejected because he committed a foul.
A. as B. due to C. owing to D. because of
29. Mary didn't go to school yesterday____ she was sick.
A. thanks to B. owing to C. because D. as
30. I can’t sleep _____ the hot weather.
A. because of B. for C. because D. since
Part VIII: CLAUSE OF RESULT

1. My mouth is burning! This is ___________ spicy food that I don’t think I can finish it.
A. such B. so C. very D. too
2. Our village had ____________ money available for education that the school had to close.
A. so little B. such little C. so much D. such much
3. Timmy spent __________ money buying movie tickets that he didn’t have enough left to buy a soft drink.
A. such B. a lot of C. too much D. so much
4. It was _________that we went for a hike in the mountain.
A. so a nice day B. such nice a day C. so nice a day D. such a day nice
5. There are not __________ jobs for all of us.
A. such B. so C. enough D. too
6. The T- shirt in the window was ________ expensive for me to buy.
A. too B. enough C. so D. very
7. _________ that she burst into tears.
A. So angry was she. B. She was so anger C. Such her anger was D. So angry she was
8. Sarah speaks so ____________ that I can’t understand her.
A. fast B. fastly C. faster D. fastest
9. Mr. Brown has ________ many patient ________ he is always busy.
A. too – that B. very – until C. such – that D. so- that
10. The coat is __________for me to wear.
A. too large B. so much C. very much D. too much
11. The furniture was _________.
A. such expensive that I couldn’t buy it B. enough cheap for me to buy
C. so expense that I did buy it D. too expensive for me to buy
12. There are ________ planets in the universe that we can’t count them.
A. so much B. such C. so many D. so
13. Paul was ________ sad about his examination results that he didn’t smile all week.
A. enough B. so C. such D. too
14. The road is _______________.
A. so slippery that we drove fast B. so slippery for us to drive fast
16
C. too slippery for us to drive D. too slippery that we can’t drive fast.
15. Uranus is just _________ to be seen on a clear night with naked eyes.
A. bright enough B. enough brightly C. as enough clear D. bright as enough
16. When Franklin Roosevelt decided to run for a fourth term, the opposite said that he was_________.
A. so old B. too old C. oldest D. very older
17. Last Sunday it was _______ wet ______ we couldn’t go to the movies.
A. as – as B. more – than C. less – than D. so – that
18. The corresponding sentence “There are so many for me to do that...” is ___________
A. I have so many things to do that… B. Nobody has so many…
C. So many things are on me D. I do many things
19. He was _______ tired that he slept all days.
A. such B. too C. so D. very
20. It was _________ that we had gone for a walk.
A. such a beautiful weather B. such a nice weather C. so nice a weather D. so beautiful a night
21. “The new mathematics teacher seems very pleasant”
“Yes, he’s __________ person”
A. a such nice B. a so nice C. such nice D. such a nice
22. “I find the local newspapers to be __________ uninformative”

“Yes, there is hardly any international news”
A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
22. “Do you know why Eric failed her test?
“I don’t know. She spent_________ time studying.”
A. so B. such C. so much D. such much
23. “Wendy is really tall for her age.”
“She is ______tall that her friends make fun of her.”
A. so B. as C. that D. much
24. “What is your opinion of the Smiths?”
“They are _________ people”
A. such an interesting B. so interesting a C. so interesting D. such interesting
25. “Did you like the band last night?”
“Yes, __________ I bought their records.”
A. so much that B. such much C. very much that D. too much that
26. “That is a beautiful dress Jean has on.”
“She always wears ___________ clothes.”
A. such a lovely B. so lovely C. such lovely D. so much lovely
27. “I enjoy this particular radio station.”
“So do I. it always has _________ music.”
A. so good B. such a good C. such good D. a so good
28. “The dance was fun.”
“But there was__________ there.”
A. so many peoples B. such much people C. so a lot of people D. so many people
29. “Main Market is a nice place.”
“They have _______we recommend it to all our friends.”
A. such good food that B. such a good food that C. so good food that D. such as good food as
30. The cat was _________to wait for the mouse to come out.
A. patiently enough B. so patient C. enough patient D. patient enough
31. She told us ________ story that we all forgot about the time.
A. such an interesting B. such interesting a C. so an interesting D. a so interesting
32. I have never seen __________ people in one place.
17
A. so much B. so many C. so much of D. this many of
33. We have heard __________about you.
A. so many news B. so much news C. a lot news D. few news
34. They were ______busy studying ______ they couldn’t go to the restaurant with us.
A. so – that B. such – that C. very – that D. to - that
35. If a house plant is given __________ water, its lower leaves turn yellow.
A. too many B. very many C. very much D. too much
36. The runners are ______exhausted that none of them finished the race.
A. too B. such C. enough D. so
37. So _________ people came that we had to cancel the meeting.
A. a few B. many C. little D. few
38. The novel is _________ I have read many times.
A. so boring that B. so interesting that C. such an interesting that D. so interesting that
39. She is not ___________ to get married.
A. enough old B. old enough C. too young D. so young
40. The boys are making too ________ noise.
A. many B. much C. little D. a lot of
41. That restaurant is _______ no one wants to eat there.
A. such dirty that B. so dirty that C. too dirty for D. dirty enough for
42. It was _____ a difficult question that I couldn’t answer it.
A. so B. such C. too D. very
43. She was a_______ girl that everybody loves her.
A. so kind B. kind a such C. such a kind D. too kind
44. We are not rich enough ________ everywhere by taxi.
A. not travel B. to travel C. for traveling D. can’t travel
45. Most of the students are ________ to pass the examination.
A. good enough B. enough good C. too good D. so good
46. It was ________ a boring speech that I fell asleep.
A. such B. so C. much D. too
47. They spoke _________ for us to understand.
A. quick enough B. so quickly C. quickly so D. quickly enough
48. It was _________ we spent the whole day at the beach.
A. such nice a weather that B. such nice weather that
C. so nice weather that D. so nice a weather that
49. He was _______ the job.
A. experienced enough to do B. enough experienced to do
C. experienced enough doing D. experienced to do enough
50. I have _________, but I don’t have time.
A. a vacation for a enough money B. money enough for vacation
C. enough money for vacation D. enough money for vacation
Part IX: CLAUSE OF CONCESSSION

1. _______ some German and British management styles are similar, there are many differences between them.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite the fact that d. Despite
2. I could not eat _______ I was very hungry.
a. even though b. in spite c. despite d. in spite the fact that
3. In spite _______, the baseball game was not cancelled.
a. the rain b. of the rain c. it was raining d. there was a rain
18
4._______ he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
a. In spite b. In spite of c. Despite d. Although
5._______, he walked to the station.
a. Despite being tired b. Although to be tired c. In spite being tired d. Despite tired
6. The children slept well, despite _______.
a. it was noise b. the noise c. of the noise d. noisy
7. She left him _______ she still loved him.
a. even if b. even though c. in spite of d. despite
8._______ her lack of hard work, she was promoted.
a. In spite b. Even though c. In spite of d. Despite of
9._______ they are brothers, they do not look like.
a. Although b. Even c. Despite d. In spite of
10. We are concerned with the problem of energy resources _______ we must also think of our environment.
a. despite b. though c. as though d. but
11. _______ some Japanese women are successful in business, the majority of Japanese companies are run by
men.
a. But b. Even if c. If d. As though
12. _________ who you are, I still love you.
a. No matter b. However c. whomever d. If
13. __________ others may say, you are certainly right.
A. However B. whomever C. If D. Whatever
14. They decided to go ______ the danger.
A. because B. in spite of C. although D. so
15. ______ they lost, their fans gave them a big cheer.
A. However B. In spite of C. Although D. if
16. Everyone thought she would accept a new job________ it was difficult.
A. despite B. even though C. Too D. Moreover
17. ______ the bad weather, the plan landed safely.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. despite the fact that D. though
18. _______ it was raining hard, he went out without a raincoat.
A. Despite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
19. ______ I meet her, she always wears a blue dress.
A. Whatever B. However C. Whoever D. Whenever
20. Our new neighbors are quite nice _______ they are sometimes talkative.
a. despite b. in spite of the fact c. though d. as though
21._______ of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
a. In spite b. Despite c. But d. Although
22. Despite _______, we knew that he was guilty.
a. denied b. denying c. he denied d. his denial
23. Despite the fact that _______, we enjoyed our trip.
a. the weather is bad b. it is a bad weather c. the bad weather d. the weather was bad
24. Julie failed the exam _______ of working very hard.
a. despite b. in spite c. even if d. though
25. Tom went to work despite _______.
19
a. that he did not feel very well b. of the fact not feeling well
c. he did not feel very well d. not feeling very well
26. _______ his exhaustion, he won the marathon by nearly three minutes.
A. In spite B. Despite C. Although D. However
27. ______ the bad weather, the plan landed safely.
A. in spite B. in spite of C. despite the fact that D. though
28. _______ it was raining hard, he went out without a raincoat.
A. Despite B. In spite of C. However D. Although
29. They were sacked _____ their carelessness.
A. because B. because of C. although D. despite
30. Some workers are so poor that they don’t want to quit their job _______ they are ill- treated
A. as though B. since C. although D. if
31. Though _______, they are good friends.

a. their sometimes quarrel b. to have a quarrel sometimes
c. they sometimes have a quarrel d. of having a quarrel sometimes
32. Despite _______, we arrived on time.
a. the traffic b. of the traffic c. there was heavy traffic d. of there was heavy traffic
33. John rarely sees Paul _______ they live in the same town.
a. notwithstanding b. despite c. in spite of d. although
34. It was very cold _______ she did not put on her coat.
a. in case b. but c. even if d. even though
35. Gannon was a high-performing midfield linkman in spite _______.
a. of he was at his age b. he was at his old age c. of his age d. his age
36. _______ the increase in their salaries, many French employees spend Saturday at work.
a. Despite b. Even if c. Even though d. In spite
37. _____ he is the boss, he does not find solutions to problems very easily.
a. Although b. In spite of c. Notwithstanding d. Despite
38. Even if _______, they had to continue practicing.
a. the players' soreness b. the players were sore
c. the fact that the players were sore d. it was the players' soreness
39. _______ what I said last night, I still love you.
a. In spite b. Despite c. Even though d. Even if
40. ____________ jobs you do, you should do it devotedly.
A. However B. Whoever C. Whenever D. Whatever
41. ______________ you are, I still love you.
42. _______ we have worked overtime for weeks, we have not completed the project.
a. In spite of b. Even though the fact that c. Despite d. Despite the fact that
43. In spite _______ his did not get the highest grade in the final exam.
a. of his intelligence b. he was intelligent c. his intelligence d. of he was intelligent
44. _______ the plane took off late, we still reached our destination on time.
a. Though b. In spite c. Despite d. As though
20
45. He had a terrible cold _______ he insisted on going swimming.
a. despite b. although c. in spite of d. but
46. _______ I became a millionaire, I would carryon working.
a. Even though b. Despite of c. In spite d. Although that
47. In spite _______, we understood most of what he was saying.
a. of he was lisping b. his lisp c. of his lisp d. he was lisping
48. __________ he is nice, I can’t love him.
a. though b. in spite c. despite d. in spite the fact that
49. He is not happy ______________ he is very rich.
a. Despite b. Even if c. Even though d. In spite
50. _____________ he does, he always careful.
Part X: CLAUSE OF PURPOSE

1. The schoolboys are in a hurry ______ they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. for D. in order that
2. I gave him my e-mail address ______ he could keep in touch with me.
A. that B. so that C. such that D. so as to
3. We decided to join the English speaking club ______ improve our English.
A. so that B. so to C. in order D. to
4. ______ learn how to use a computer, he decides to take lessons.
A. To B. In order to C. So as D. A & B are correct
5. He walked silently ______ wake the other people.
A. to not B. to avoid C. so as to not D. in order not to
6. She wore glasses and a wig ______ we couldn’t recognise her.
A. so that B. so as to C. in order to D. B & C are correct
7. He locked the door ______ be disturbed.
A. in order not B. in order not to C. in order to not D. in order that he not
8.______ English fluently, we should practise speaking it whenever possible.
A. In order to speak B. To speaking C. In order speak D. In order for speaking
9. The boy always does his homework before class ______ be punished by his teacher.
A. so as not to B. so as to C. so that not to D. in order that not to
10. Seat belt laws were introduced ______ traffic fatalities would be reduced.
A. in order that B. so as to C. such that D. provided that
11. She phoned me ______.
A. so that she invites me to her party C. to invite me to her party
B. that she invited me to her party D. for she wanted to invite me to her party
12. Mary took a taxi ______ she could arrive at the conference on time.
A. in order B. that C. so that D. A & B are correct
13. Mary put on her scarf ______ she ______ not get cold.
A. so that / will B. to / would C. so as to / will D. so that / would
14. I’ll give you my telephone number ______ phone me.
A. so that you can B. to C. want to D. A & B are correct
15. She worked hard ______ everything would be ready by 6 o’clock.
A. that B. for C. in order that D. so as to
16. I’m going to make an early start ______ get stuck in the traffic.
A. so that not B. not to C. so as to not D. in order not
21
17. I work hard ______ help my family.
A. so as to B. in order to C. in order that D. A & B are correct
18. My parents got up early this morning ______ park the car for our journey.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in case
19. They got up ______ early in the morning that no one saw them leave the house.
A. too B. so C. in order to D. such
20. She employed a secretary ______ type her letters and answer the phone.
A. in order that B. so that C. to D. for
21. He gave me his address __________me to visit.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
22. They whispered __________ no one to hear their conversation.
A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in order for
23.The piano was too heavy ______.

A. for nobody to move B. for nobody to moving C. for anyone to move D. for anyone to moving
24. _______ to go to the cinema.
A. it was late so that B. that it was late C. it was too late D. such too late
25. It is such an important matter _______ I can’t decide anything about it myself.
A. so B. because C. that D. so that to
26. Mary jogs everyday ______ lose weight.
A. so she can B. so that she can C. because she can D. so that to
27. She got up early _________ miss the bus.
A. in order that B. so that C. not to D. for
28. Mr. Thompson is learning Vietnamese __________ to read Kim Van Kieu.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order not to D. so as not to
29. They hurried _______ catch the train.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
30. Tom is saving up __________ he can buy a new car.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as that
31. Alice prepares her lesson carefully ___________ she will get high marks in class.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other that
32. I went to see him ________find out what had happened.
A. so that not B. so as not to C. in order that D. so as to
33. He does morning exercises regularly __________ improve his health.
A. so as to B. and C. to D. so as not to
34. We learn English _________ we will have better communication with other people.
35. He lighted the candle ______ he might read the note.
A. so that B. and C. because D. as a result
36. He turned off the lights before going out _____ waste electricity.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order that not D. so as not to
37. The teacher explained the lesson twice _____ the students could understand it clearly.
A. as long as B. so that C. because D. as if
38. He practises speaking English every day _________ he can speak it fluently.
39. They are learning English _______________ them to study in Singapore.
A. so as not to B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
22
40. He was tired _____________ he could not continue his work.
A. so that B. in order not to C. in order to D. in case
41. Those students are trying their best ____________ get the scholarship.
42. Sound is carried from the eardrum to the nerves _____________ we can hear it.
A. so as to B. in order that C. to D. so as not to
43. In order to help human beings live longer and healthier, many scientists are working hard __________ they
can invent new drugs.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other to
44. Many bridges in London are covered with wooden roofs _________ it can be protected from rain and snow.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order that not D. in other that
45. Please arrive on time ________ us to be able to start the meeting punctually.
A. so that not B. as not to C. in order for D. in other that
46. The laser beam can attack directly and accurately the diseased cells ___________ the healthy neighbors are
left unharmed.
A. so that B. as not to C. in order that not D. in other to
47. My father and I do morning exercises every day ___________ improve our health.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. to
48. We learn English ________________ we can communicate with other people.
A. so that B. because C. that D. so that to
49.He studies very hard so that _______________ pass his final exam next month.
A. not to B. in order to C. so as not to D. so that to
50. ___________ waste electricity, we turn out the lights when there is enough light.
A. so B. so as not to C. that D. so that to
23
Part XI: MODAL VERB

1. You have been reading for four hours. This book ___ be very interesting.
A. can B. might C. must D. should
’
2. Don t phone Ann now. She ___ be having lunch.
A. might B. can C. must D. has to
3. This road is very narrow. It ___to be widened.
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may
’
4. They have plenty of time, so they needn t ___.
A. be hurry B. to hurry C. hurry D. to be hurried
’ ’
5. You re having a sore throat. You d better___ to the doctor.
A. to go B. went C. go D. going
6. My mother permitted me to go out at night. She said, “You ___ go out tonight.”
A. may B. have to C. must D. ought to
7. He advised me to take an English course. I ___ it early.
A. should have taken B. should take C. will have taken D. may take
8. You ___ ring the bell; I have a key.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. couldn’t D. shouldn’t
9. It must ___ without delay.
A. be done B. have been done C. do D. be doing
10. By the time a baby has reached his first birthday, he should ___ sit up or even stand up.
A. to be able to B. able to C. to be able D. be able to
11. Many birds will ___ more than 3,000 miles to reach their winter homes.
A. flying B. fly C. be fly D. flew
’
12. The pen won t write; It ___ out of ink.
A. must run B. must be running C. must have run D. must have ran
13. The line is busy; someone ___ the telephone now.
A. must be using B. must have used C. must use D. must have been using
’
14. She told me that she d rather ___ on the committee.
A. not to serve B. not serving C. not serve D. serving not
’
15. “Are you still going to Florida for vacation?” “Yes, but I really ___because I don t have much money.”
A. shouldn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. won’t
16. “Did Peter go downtown by car or by train?” “He ___by train because his car was in the mechanics.”
A. must go B. has to go C. had gone D. must have gone
’
17. “Why are you so mad?” “You ___ me you weren t coming to dinner. I waited for you for two hours.”
A. should tell B. should have told C. should told D. should had told
18. “Do you like to play tennis?” “I ___, but now I prefer golf”
A. used to B. used to do C. used to played D. used to playing
24
19. “Have you seen Kate?” “No, but she ___ be at her desk.”
A. may B. ought C. would D. can
20. “Can I borrow twenty dollars?” “No, you know I ___ lend you money any more.”
A. might not B. shouldn’t have C. won’t D. not going to
21. The plane ___ take off after the fog had lifted.
A. must B. can C. was able to D. may
22. ___ you remember what you were doing at this time yesterday?
A. Can B. Must C. May D. Should
23. I ___ understand this letter. Will you translate it for me?
A. mustn’t B. may not C. can’t D. shouldn’t
24. Daisy’s parents don’t let her go to late- night disco. She ___ be at home at 9 o’clock in the evening.
A. must B. may C. can D. has to
25. ___ you give me some advice about the language course?
A. Have B. Should C. May D. Could
’
26. Why didn t you give me a call yesterday? We ___ discuss everything together.
A. can B. may C. must D. could
27. Yesterday I ___ finish the work because I was very tired.
A. could B. can’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t
28. I would rather ___ poor but happy than become rich without happiness.
A. being B. be C. to be D. was
29. Sit down, please. ___ a cup of tea?
A. Do you like B. Do you like to drink C. Would you like D. Will you like
30. It could not tell the difference between Indian music and jazz. It ___ tell the difference between Indian music
and jazz.
A. might not B. may not C. mustn’t D. wasn’t able to
31. I’d rather ___ in the field than ___ home.
A. to work- to stay B. work – stay C. working – staying D. worked- stayed
32. He spent all that money last week. He ___ so much.
A. didn’t need to spend B. shouldn’t spend C. needn’t have spent D. didn’t have to spend
33. Sorry, I ___ stay any longer. I really must go home.
A. mustn’t B. can not C. couldn’t D. may not
’
34. “It ___rain this evening. Why don t you take an umbrella?”
“That’s a good idea. May I borrow yours?”
A. had better B. could be C. must D. might
35. “___taking me downtown on your way to work this morning?”
“Not at all.”
A. Can you B. Why don’t you C. Would you mind D. Could you please
36. Tommy and Mary were mischievous children. They ___tricks on their teachers, which always got them into a
lot of trouble.
A. could play B. used to play C. could have play D. may have played
37. “Since we have to be there in a hurry, we ___ take a taxi.”
“I agree.”
A. had better B. may C. have been used to D. are able to
’
38. 007 didn t need ___ out of his room in Moscow.
25
A. go B. to going C. going D. to go
’
39. I couldn t ___ it even though I had wanted.
A. had bought B. buy C. buying D. have bought
40. She ought not ___ him but she did.

A. to tell B. to telling C. tell D. to have told
’
41. I d rather you ___ that.
A. do B. don’t do C. won’t do D. didn’t do
42. ___ you speak any foreign languages?
A. Could B. Must C. Can D. Might
43. We ___have gone away if we had enough money.
A. could B. must C. can D. might
’
44. “You ___ pay the bills today.” “I know, I promise. I won t forget.”
A. would B. shall C. must D. may
45. ___ you mind my staying here for some days?
A. Would B. Could C. Can D. Should
46. The ground is wet. It ___last night.
A. must rain B. must have rain C. must have rained D. had to rain
47. You ___ trust your daughter more. You ___ treat her like a child.
A. ought to-should not B. must-need not C. can-may not D. must-may not
48. “I really do this translation today?” “No, you___. You ___do it tomorrow if you like.”
A. Must-needn’t –may B. May – mustn’t – need
C. Can – may not – mustn’t D. Must – may not - need
49. I told him that he ___hope to catch a big fish with a small rod like this.
A. can B. couldn’t C. mustn’t D. may
’
50. The boss said that I ___be at work at nine o clock.
A. had to B. can C. ought D. will be able to
Part XII: PREPOSITION - ARTICLE

1. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they ________ on walking.
a. stopped b. kept c. took d. put
2. Don't forget to ________ your gloves on. It is cold outside.
a. let b. make c. put d. fix
3. If you don't pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
a. lend you some money b. play football with you c. give you a kick d. force you to leave
4. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
a. met b. visited c. said goodbye to d. made friends with
5. Let's go over that report again before we submit it.
a. dictate b. print c. read carefully d. type
6. Who will __________ the children when you are away ?
a. take care on b. take care of c. take care d. care on
7. She is looking _______ a new place to live because she does not want to depend _______ her parents any more.
26
a. for / on b. after / with c. up / forward d. at / into
8. I was brought _______ in the countryside by my aunt after my parents had pass _______.
a. on / over b. for / on c. on / off d. up / away
9. Due to industrialization, we have to cope _____the fact that many species are ____ danger ______extinction.
a. over / at / for b. at / upon / over c. for / on / with d. with / in / of
10. Boys! Put your toys ______. It is time to go to bed. Don't stay _____ late.
a. off / on b. away / up c. down / off d. around/ for
11. She intended to quit her job to stay _______ home and look _______ her sick mother.
a. in / at b. at / after c. for / over d. up / on
12. He is very worried _______ his new job because he is not quite prepared _______ working.
a. on / over b. to / off c. about / for d. in / at
13. Instead _____ petrol, cars will only run ____ solar energy and electricity.
a. of / on b. for / by c. in / over d. from/ upon
14. She has a promising future ahead _______ her.
a. for b. from c. on d. of
15. What are your plans for _______ future?
a. a b. an c. the d. Ø
16. You have to study harder in order to _________________ your classmates.
a. keep pace into b. keep pace on c. keep pace at d. keep pace with
17. If you have ever watched television, you have seen plenty ___ drug ads.
a. with b. of c. for d. about
18. The space shuttle crashed and went _______ in flames.
a. of b. for c. over d. off
19. Elevators in tall building make the top floors accessible _____ everybody
a. to b. with c. about d. at
20. While I am waiting _______ my bus, I often listen _______ music.
a. on / at b. for / to c. toward / about d. upon / in
21. Will you take care _______ my little dog when I am _______ business?
a. through / away b. about / at c. for / over d. of / on
22. According _______ Bill, there's something wrong _______ my computer.
a. after / for b. on / about c. to / with d. upon / at
23. He depends _______ his sister _______ assistance.
a. to / from b. from / in c. on / for d. at / with
24. By 2015, it will be widely accepted that schools and pre-schools have _______ extremely important role to
play in future of our world.
a. an / a b. an / the c. the / the d. Ø / Ø
25. On _______ Internet and with cable television w e can select information from _______ wide variety of
sources.
a. the / a b. an / the c. the / Ø d. Ø / the
26.They arrived _______ that train station late because their taxi had broken _______.
a. at / down b. for / off c. on / over d. on / up
27. Those workers are in difficulty because wage increases cannot keep up _______ inflation.
a. with b. for c. over d. on
27
28. They argued _______ us _______ the problem last night, but we could not find _______ the solution.
a. with / about / out b. on / for / off c. upon / with / in d. to / on I up
29. Although I did not totally agree ________ feminist's policies, I certainly admired their audacity, dedication
and courage.
a. for b. with c. along d. up
30. I didn't get to see the end of that mystery movie on TV last night. How did it ________ out?
a. go b. make c. bring d. turn
31. When you are finished using the computer, can you please ______ it off.
a. take b. turn c. do d. go
32.When the alarm went off, everyone proceeded calmly to the emergency exits.
a. fell b. exploded c. called d. rang
33. Look out. There is a rattlesnake under the picnic table!
a. Listen b. Be careful c. Go d. Watch
34. Mrs. Jones's husband passed away fast Friday. We are all shocked by the news.
a. got married b. divorced c. died d. were on business
35. Williams is working _______ an export company. He intends to apply _______ another job because he is not
satisfied _______ the salary.
a. in / on / at b. for / for / with c. at / out / into d. from/ on/ for
36. Is Miss Wilson very fond _______ French food? - No, she is not used _______ having French food.
a. over / with b. of / to c. off / for d. in / about
37. Look _______! The tree is going to fall.
a. over b. off c. in d. out
38. I think we maybe run _______ natural resources some day.
a. in to b. up to c. out of d. away from
39. _______ whom do these English books belong?
a. From b. To c. For d. With
40. Thanks _______ the inventions _______ labor-saving devices, women have more free time to take part
_______ social work.
a. through / over / for b. on / from / with c. forward / for / from d. to / of / in
41. She looked _______ to see who was going _______ her.
a. round / after b. up / off c. at / to d. for /
with
42. She is a friendly girl who gets _______ everyone she meets.
a. out of b. on with c. away from d. into
43. I had my sister take care _____ my children while I was _____ business.
a. with / for b. in / away c. for / in d. of / on
44. He took a lot of interest _______ our work and he promised to help us _______ any troubles.
a. in / with b. for / on c. about / at d. for / from
45. Are you very familiar _______ that new device?
a. upon b. over c. with d. for
46. According _______ the US Census Bureau the world's population will reach 7.6 billion people by 2020.
28
a. to b. in
c. for d. through
47. Mary is ____ independent woman with ____ wise and ____ enthusiasm.
a. an / Ø / Ø b. a / the / the c. the / a / an d. Ø / a / the
48. One of _______ students said, "_______ professor is late today."
a. the / A b. the / The c. Ø / A d. a / Ø
49. Peter, likes to play ______ volleyball, but he is not _______ good player.
a. the / b. Ø / a c. the / the d. a / the
50. My daughter is learning to play _______ violin at _______ school.
a. the / a b. a/ the c. the / Ø d. Ø / the
Part XIII: WORD FORM

1. How many ___________ took part in the 22nd SEA Games?
A. competitors B. competitive C. competes D. competitions
2. Boys often enjoy doing things in a ___________ way.
A. create B. creative C. creativity D. creatively
3. The problem of ________ among young people is hard to solve.
A. employment B. employees C. employers D. unemployment
4. Some people are concerned with physical___________ when choosing a wife or husband.
A. attractive B. attraction C. attractiveness D. attractively
5. He can’t hear because of his ___________
A. deaf B. deafness C. deafen D. deafened
6. These countries are ___________ in exporting shrimps.
A. prefer B. preference C. preferential D. preferentially
7. The children ___________ high grade at school.
A. achieve B. achievement C. achievable D. achieving
8. His pronunciation causes me a lot of ________.
A. difficulties B. difficult C. difficulty D. difficultly
9 . She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university ________.
A. educated B. educational C. educating D. education
10. Buckingham Palace is a major tourist ________ in London.
A. attract B. attraction C. attractive D. attractiveness
11. Is pointing at someone ________ rude in your country?
A. consider B. to consider C. considered D. considering
12. Some species of rare animals are in ________ of extinction.
A. danger B. dangerous C. dangerously D. endanger
13. Electronic music is a kind of music in which sounds are produced __________ .
A. electron B. electric C. electronic D. electronically
14. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high school.
A. biology B. biological C. biologist D. biologically
15. Are you sure that boys are more _______ than girls?
A. act B. active C. action D. activity
16. These quick and easy _______ can be effective in the short term, but they have a cost.
A. solve B. solvable C. solutions D. solvability
17. Can you tell me about the ________ process to tertiary study in Vietnam?
29
A. apply B. applicable C. application D. applicant
18. Housework is ________ shared between them.
A. equally B. equal C. equality D. equalizing
19. Mrs. Tam has never lost her _________ for teaching.
A. enthusiastic B. enthusiasm C. enthusiast D. enthusiastically
20. Don't forget to say goodbye to the ___________ before leaving the office.
A. interviewer B. interviewing C. interviewee D. interview
21. Working as an astronaut require high___________ knowledge.
A. technique B. technical C. technically D. technician
22. My grandmother is very _______ in history.
A. interest B. interests C. interested D. interesting
23. Vietnamese athletes performed_______ and won a lot of gold medals.
A. excellent B. excellently C. excellence D. excel
24. WHO’s main activities are carrying out research on medical _______ and improving international health care.
A. develop B. developing C. development D. develops
25. Scientific progress supplies us with ____________.
A. conveniences B. convenient C. inconvenience D. inconveniences
26. The panda’s __________ habitat is the bamboo forest.
A. nature B. natural C. naturally D. natured
27. The Games really became a festival that impressed sports___________
A. enthusiasts B. enthusiasm C. enthuse D. enthusiastic
28. Did you remember anything ........at the party?
A. interested B. interesting C. interests D. to interest
29 . In rainy seasons, roads in the village are always ___________
A. mud B. mudded C. mudding D. muddy
30 .Linda likes wearing ___________ clothes.
A. colour B. colourfully C. colourful D. colourless
31.. Her own mistakes made her very ___________ of the faults of others.
A. tolerable B. tolerant C. tolerate D. tolerated
32 . All the teachers work on an entirely___________ basis.
A. volunteer B. volunteered C. voluntary D. voluntarily
33 . Books are still a cheap way to get information and ___________
A. entertainment B. entertain C. entertaining D. entertainer
34 . To Americans, it is impolite to ask someone about age, ___________. and salary.
A. marry B. married C. marriage D. marrying
35. Life here is very _____.
A. peacefull B. peaceful C. peace D. peacefulness
36. Women usually don’t shake hands when being _____.
A. introducing B. introduction C. introduced D. introducer
37. He was so _____ that he had an accident.
A. caring B. careless C. careful D. carefully
38. Farmers can enrich the soil by using ______.
A. fertile B. fertility C. fertilize D. fertilizers
39. Nowadays, chemicals are ______ into some fruits to reduce decay.
A. injection B. injecting C. inject D. injected
40. What’s your _______? – I’m Vietnamese.
A. nation B. national C. nationality D. international
41. In this course, students receive _______ in the basic English grammar.
A. instruct B. instructional C. instruction D. instructive
42. I _____ him for his honesty.
30
A. respective B. respectful C. respectable D. respect
43. All of the students appreciate the ______ of English learning.
A. import B. important C. importantly D. importance
44. We can enjoy live programmes through _______ satellites.
A. communicate B. communication C. communicative D. communicable
45. All of my students appreciate the___________ of English learning
A. import B. important C. importantly D. importance
46. She is ___________ in asking for bigger salary. She worked hard
A. reason B. reasonable C. unreasonable D. unreasonably
47. Are you ___________ of the danger that you are facing?
A. sense B. sensible C. senseless D. sensation
48. This book is interesting. It’s also well-.___________
A. illustrating B. illustrated C. illustration D. illustrate
49. My brother is studying___________ engineering
A. electronic B. electric C. electrical D. electrified
50. Communist is the highest form of___________
A. social B. socialist C. society D. socialism
Part XIV: VERB FORM

1. I am looking forward to ___________ you.
A. seeing B. see C. to see D. saw
2. I arranged__________ them here.
A. to meet B. meeting C. met D. meet
3. He urged us __________ faster.
A. working B. work C. to work D. worked
4. I wish___________ the manager.
A. see B. seeing C. saw D. to see
5. It’s no use ____________
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
6. He warned her ____________ the wire.
A. not touching B. not touch C. not to touch D. to not touch
7. Don’t forget ___________ the door before ____________ to bed.
A. to lock/ going B. locking/ going C. to lock/ to go D. lock/ going
8. My mother told me _____________ to anyone about it.
A. not speaking B. not speak C. to not speak D. not to speak
9. He tried _________ but she refused ____________
A. to explain/ listen B. to explain/ to listen C. explain / listen D. explaining/ listening
10. Would you mind __________ me how __________ the lift?
A. to show/ to work B. show/ work C. showing/ to work D. showing/ working
11. I couldn’t help ____________ what you said.
A. overhear B. overhearing C. overheared D. to overhear
12. Please go on ___________.I can wait.
A. write B. to write C. wrote D. writing
13. His doctor advised him __________ jogging.
A. to give up B. give up C. giving up D. gave up
14. Do stop ___________. I am doing my homework.
A. talk B. talking C. to talk D. talked
15. Mrs. Jones: I don’t allow my family __________ at all.
31
A. smoking B. to smoke C. smoked D. smoke
16. I am beginning ____________ what you mean.
A. to understand B. understand C. understanding D. A & C
17. After walking for three hours, we stopped to let the others ____________ with us.
A. to catch B. catching C. catch D. A & B
18. Your windows need __________. Would you like me to do them for you?
A. to be cleaned B. to clean C. cleaning D. A & C
19. It is interesting ___________ a good film.
A. to watch B. watching C. watch D. watched
20. My mother made me ___________ at home at night.
A. staying B. to stay C. stayed D. stay
21. The librarian asked us __________ so much noise.
A. don’t make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
22. I told you ___________ the computer, didn’t it?
A. to switch off B. don’t switch off C. not switch off D. switch off
23. He advised them ___________ in the class
A. to not talk B. not to talk C. to talk not D. don’t talk
24. Judy suggested _____________ for a walk but no one else wanted to.
A. to go B. go C. going D. went
25. Tom refused _________ me any money
A. to give B. give C. gave D. giving
26. Jill has decided not ____________a car
A. to buy B. buy C. buying D. will buy
27. There was a lot of traffic but we managed___________to the airport in time.
A. to get B. getting C.not to get D. got
28. Ann offered___________after our children while we were out
A. look B. to look C. looking D. look to
29. Would you like___________ to the D&J coffee
A. to go B.going C. went D. goes
30.Why hasn’t Sue arrived yet? She promised not ____________late
A. come B. to come C. coming D. came
31. She promised __________ back again
A. not to come B. is coming B. coming D. came
32. The teacher encouraged___________ the football team
A. to join B. joining C. joined D. join to
33. He reminded me ___________ to give the book back to John
A. not forget B. not to forget C. forgot D. forgeting.
34. My father has given up ____________.
A. smoke B. smoked C. smoking D. to smoked
35.”All right, I’ll wait for you” She agreed ___________ for me
A. to wait B. not to wait C. waiting D. wait to
36. I don’t enjoy ___________ letters.
A. writing B. to write C. have be written D. wrote
37. I consider ______________ the job but in the end I decided against doing it.
A. to take B. taking C. to be take D. took
38. The boy insisted on ______________ a break after lunch.
A. having B. to have C.not to have D. have
39. The woman looked forward to __________ his mother again.
A. meet B. to meet C. meeting D. met
40. The boy accused his friend of___________ stolen his bicycle.
32
A. have B. to have C.not to have D. having
41. Her mother prevented her from ___________ mobile phone.
A. use B. to use C. using D. not to use
42. He thanked her for __________ him some money.
A. lend B. to lend C. lending D. not lend.
43. She refused ____________ back again
A. not to come B. is coming B. coming D. to come
44. Her mother prevented her from ____________ out alone at night.
A. go B.going C. to go D. not to go
45. His brother agreed ____________ a car
A. to buy B. buy C. buying D. will buy
46. Most of my friends enjoy ______________ football on television.
A. watch B. to watch C. watching D. watched
47. Anne would rather ___________ than anything else.
A. study B. studying C. to study D. studied
48. Tracey is out of work. She hasn’t been able _____________ a job yet.
A. find B. to find C. finding D. found
49. Tracey doesn’t want___________ her friends and family.
A. leave B. leaving C. left D. to leave
50. I am very tired of ______________ to her complaints day after day.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. listened
Part XV: CORRECTION

1. All of the homework given by our teachers are useful to every student.
A B C D
2. When Helen was a child, she has worked in a factory for more than three years.
A B C D
3. The tourist guide only has a twenty-dollars bill with her when she landed at the airport.
A B C D
4. After Mrs. Wang had returned to her house from work, she was cooking dinner.
A B C D
5. Elizabeth I has reigned as Queen of England from 1558 to 1603.
A B C D
6. Caroline refused taking the job given to her because the salary was not good.
A B C D
7. I finished college last year, and I am working here for only eight months now.
A B C D
8. If you think carefully before making your decision, you will avoid to get into trouble later.
A B C D
9. Each of the members of the group were made to write a report every week.
33
A B C D
10. Last week Mark told me that he got very bored with his present job and is looking for a new one.
A B C D
11. Jane asked Brian that he had ever been to South-east Asia and he said he had.
A B C D
12. I don't know why is the elevator not working properly today.
A B C D
13. In the end, she quit the job because it was too bored.
A B C D
14. He said that he couldn't remember where had he left his car.
A B C D
15. Many couples who both work must hire someone to take care of their children for they.
A B C D
16. The oil price is believing to be rising again.
A B C D
17. While the brows were away on holiday, their house was broke into.
A B C D
18. Why don’t you congratulate our son about passing his final exam?
A B C D
19. Now that I’ve become old, I can’t read as quick as I used to.
A B C D
20. There have been a report of several bombings by terrorist groups.
A B C D
21. If Al had come sooner, he could has eaten dinner with the whole family.
A B C D
22. If my father hasn't encouraged me to take the exam, I wouldn't have done it.
A B C D
23. If you give me more time and I will successfully finish this project.
A B C D
24. Some of the pictures he painted them were sold for millions of dollars.
A B C D
25. There are many another people who are members of the swimming club.
A B C D
26. Liquids take the shape of any container which in they are placed.
A B C D
27. Two out of three people striking by lightning survive.
A B C D
28. Some of the houses had been wrecked by the storm belonged to the poor villagers.
A B C D
29. The notebook lists every opportunities for handicapped workers in the area.
A B C D
30. In my opinion, the new foreign coach does his job relative well.
A B C D
34
31. He had stolen my money, today.
A B C D
32. She said that she liking her work so much.
A B C D
33. I was listening to the Radio last night when the door bell rings
A B C D
34. He stopped to smoke because it is harmful for his health.
A B C D
35. Have you finish the report yet?

A B C D
36. Dennis used to smoking a lot a year ago.
A B C D
37. There is such few ink that it will be impossible to finish addressing the envelopes.
A B C D
38. Economic reforms started since 1986 in Vietnam have helped millions of people to
A B
be out of poverty and bringing the poverty rate down.
C D
39. Anyone where works is regarded as a useful member of our society.
A B C D
40. Education and training are an important steps in getting the kind of job that you would like to have.
A B C D
41. Recently, there has been a lot of debate about students have to pay their own fees at university.
A B C D
42. We are working, that means that we are contributing goods and services to our city.
A B C D
43. Economic reform usually refers to actions of the government to improve efficiency in economy markets.
A B C D
44. The boy climbed up the tree to get bird’s eggs had a bad fall.
A B C D
45. After the police had tried unsuccessfully to determine to who the car belonged, they towed it into the station.
A B C D
46. If Robert Kennedy would have lived a little longer, he probably would have won the election.
A B C D
47. I found it wonderfully to travel abroad.
A B C D
48. Although the increase in air fares, most people still prefer to travel by plane.
A B C D
49.He failed the exams because his laziness.
A B C D
50.The policeman had driven ten minutes ago.
A B C D
35
Part XVI: VOCABULARY

Exercise 1:
1. Most doctors and nurses have to work on a _______ once or twice a week at the hospital.
A. solution B. night shift C. household chores D. special dishes
2. We enjoy _______ time together in the evening when the family members gather in the living room after a day
of working hard.
A. spending B. caring C. taking D. doing
4. He is a _______ boy. He is often kind and helpful to every classmate.
A. frank B. lovely C. obedient D. caring
4. According to the boss, John is the most _______ for the position of executive secretary.
A. supportive B. caring C. suitable D. comfortable
5 Billy, come and give me a hand with cooking.
A. help B. prepared C. be busy D. attempt
6. Whenever problems come up, we discuss them frankly and find solutions quickly.
A .happen B. encounter C. arrive D. clean
7. You should not burn _______. You had better dig a hole and bury it.
A. dishes B. lab C. garbage D. shift
8. One of Vietnamese traditions is a belief in _______ families and in preserving their cultures.
A. wealthy B. secure C. safe D. close-knit
9. The ..................that our family memmers share closely is watching film
A. concern B. interest C. pleasure D. entertainment
10.A. We share the house with my mother and father and my wife ‘s sister and her kids, it is a..........family
A. nuclear B. extended C. crowed D. single-parent
11. My mother........................the responsiblity for running the household
A. holds B. takes C. runs D. bears
12. My husband and I both go out to work so we share the………………
A. happiness B. household chores C. responsibility D. emploment
13.Family is a base form which we can go in to the world with confidence
A. part B. place C. position D. foundation
14. Lee, who is Chinese, learns English as a ……………… language.
A. native B. second C. foreign D. first
15. This villa is the ……………. of my parents
A. belong B. possession C. having D. wealth
16. I really cannot accept your ……………. demands.
A. easy B. usual C. hard D. unreasonable
17. Don’t share the matter with anyone else. Please keep it in ……………….
A. private B. possession C. property D. tongue
36
18. Millions of people all over the world ………………. English as their native language.
A have B. talk C. choose D. produce
19. I have learned a lot about the value of labor from my .................... at home.
A. pot plants B. chores C. energy D. credit
20. If you practice regularly, you can learn this language skill in a short ................ of time.
A. activity B. arrangement C. period D. aspect
21. London is home to people of many _______ cultures.
A. diverse B. diversity C. diversify D. diversification
22. A curriculum that ignores ethnic tensions, racial antagonisms, cultural _______ and religious differences is pot
relevant.
A. diversity B. contacts C. barriers D. levels
23. Some researchers have just _______ a survey of young people's points of view on contractual marriage.
A. sent B. directed C. managed D. conducted
24. It will take more or less a month to prepare for the wedding.
A. approximately B. generally C. frankly D. simply
25. Many young people have objected to _______ marriage, which is decided by the parents of the bride and
groom.
A. agreed B. shared C. contractual D. sacrificed
26. All parents are _______ to at least try to behave in ways that will give their own children an important
protection
A. decided B. supposed C. followed D. rejected
27. It is thought that traditional marriage _______ are important basis of limiting divorce rates.
A. appearances B. records C. responses D. values
28. Mr. Pike held his wife's hands and talked urgently to her in a low voice, but there didn't seem to be any
response.
A. feeling B. emotion C. reply D. effect
29. Family is the place where _______ children is not only tolerated but welcomed and encouraged.
A. taking B. having C. giving D. showing
30. Socially, the married _______ is thought to be the basic unit of society.
A. couple B. pair C. twins D. double
31. Professor Berg was very interested in the diversity of cultures all over the world.
A. variety B. changes C. conservation D.number
32. You are not _______ to say anything unless you wish to do so.
A. obliged B. willing C. equal D. attracted
33. A woman can never have a happy married life without _______ her husband.
A. demanding B. agreeing C. trusting D.determining
34. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause of the nation
A. sacrifice B. sacrificed C. sacrificial D. sacrificially
35. Most of us would maintain that physical ______ does not playa major part in how we react to the people we
meet.
A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractively
36. They had a ______ candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his proposal of marriage.
A. romance B. romantic C. romantically D. romanticize
37. Reading the story of the ______ having her dress torn off in the lift reminded me of my friend's wedding.
37
A. groom B. bride C. celibate D. groomsman
38. I do not think there is a real ______ between men and women at home as well as in society.
A. attitude B. value C. measurement D. equality
39. The ______ to success is to be ready from the start.

A. key B. response C. agreement D. demand
40. They decided to divorce and Mary is ______ to get the right to raise the child.
A. equal B. determined C. obliged D. active
41. She is a kind of woman who does not care much of work but generally _______ only with colleagues for
meals, movies or late nights at a club.
A. supposes B. socializes C. attention D. discussed
42. I didn't think his comments were very appropriate at the time.
A. correct B. right C. exact D. suitable
43. You should _______ more attention to what your teacher explains.
A. make B. get C. set D. pay
44. Body language is a potent form of _______ communication.
A. verbal B. non-verbal C. tongue D. oral
45. Our teacher often said, "Who knows the answer? _______ your hand."
A. Raised B. Lift C. Raise D. Heighten
46. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.
A. situation. B. attention C. place D. matter
47. The boy waved his hands to his mother, who was standing at the school gate, to _______ her attention.
A. attract B. pull C. follow D. tempt
48. If something _______ your attention or your eye, you notice it or become interested in it.
A. pays B. allow C. catches D. wave
49. When you are in a restaurant, you can raise your hand slightly to show that you need assistance.
A. bill B. menu C. help D. food
50. After a _______ hesitation, she began to speak with such a convincing voice.
A. rude B. slight C. small D. impolite
51. He is one of the most _______ bosses I have ever worked with. He behaves rudely to not only me but also
others in the staff.
A. thoughtful B. impolite C. attentive D. communicative
52. In many cultures, people signify their agreement by _______ their head.
A. turning B. raising C. pointing D. nodding
53. When you see your teacher approaching you, a slight wave to attract his attention is appropriate.
A. coming nearer to B. catching sight of C. pointing at D. looking up to
54. When you catch someone's _______ you do something to attract his attention so that you can talk to him.
A. head B. hand C. eye D. ear
55. When the play finished the audience stood up and _______ their hands loudly.
A. clapped B. nodded C. shook D. hold
56. It is _______ not to say "Thank you" when you are given something.
A. small B. rude C. slight D. formal
57. A whistle is the _______ for the football players to begin the match.
A. communication B. instance C. attention D. signal
38
58. It is often considered to be impolite to _______ at someone.
A. look B. smile C. point D. raise
59. He is not really friendly and makes no attempt to be _______.
A. society B. social C. socialize D. sociable
60. She sent me a _______ letter thanking me for my invitation.
A. polite B. politely C. politeness D. impoliteness
Exercise 2:
1. With black hair and eyes, she is___________ of the people from her country.
A. the same B. typical C. similar D. identical
2. Military is _________ in this country. Every man who reaches the age of 18 has to serve in the army
for two years.
A. compulsory B. optional C. illegal D. unnecessary
3. People tend to work hard at this_________ of life.
A. distance B. stage C. space D. level
4. Concern for the environment is now at the_______ of many governments' policies.
A. core B. aim C. target D. purpose
5. Although he has not got necessary experience, he used to take a _______ in business administration.
A. curriculum B. course C. school D. class
6. The college offers both _______ and professional qualifications.
a. government b. experience c. requirement d. academic
7. In the UK, _______ schools refer to government-funded schools which provide education free of charge to
pupils.
a. state b. secondary c. independent d. primary
8. The functional skills such as fundamentals of agriculture, health and hygiene and population education have
also been incorporated in the primary school _______.
a. curriculum b. project c. plan d. schedule
9. Education has been developed in _______ with modern industry and the mass media.
a. compulsory b. parallel c. selected d. following
10. Fee-paying schools, often called "independent schools", "private schools" or “_______ schools"
a. college b. primary c. secondary d. public
11. In Scotland, students transfer from primary to secondary education at approximately age 10
a. compound b. base c. change d. move
12. As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
13. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.
a. depended b. required c. divided d. paid
14. The United Nations Secretary-General has often spoken of the need for individual _______ and human rights
in his speeches.
a. free b. freedom c. freely d. freeing
15. A/An _______ is an official document stating that you have passed an examination, completed a course, or
achieved some necessary qualifications.
a. certificate b. requirement c. education d. test
16. Peter is trying his best to study in hope that he will _______ fame and fortune in the near future.
a. lose b. run c. move d. achieve
17. _______ is the study of the events of the past.
39
a. Geography b. History c. Arts d. Literature
18. She was the first in her family to enjoy the privilege of a university _____.
a. schedule b. education c. science d. technology
19. English is an important _______ that is required in several national examinations:
a. language b. test c. evaluation d. subject
20. _______ is the study of the Earth's physical features and the people, plants, and animals that live in different
regions of the world.
a. Science b. Geography c. History d. Technology
21. He graduated with doctorates of _______ and surgery from Florence, gaining the highest honors that year.
a. medicine b. medical c. medicate d. medication
22. The making of good habits _______ a determination to keep on training your child.
a. require b. requires c. requirement d. required
23. He was the only _______ that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
24. A university is an -institution of higher education and research, which grants _______ degrees at all levels in a
variety of subjects.
a. secondary b. optional c. academic d. vocational
25. ____________ is the medical treatment of animals.
a. Chemistry b. Pharmacy c. Medicine d. Veterinary
26. A _______ is an area of knowledge or study, especially one that you study at school, college, or university.
a. degree b. subject c. level d. vacancy
27. Most _______ are at senior level, requiring appropriate qualifications.
a. degrees b. grades c. colleges d. vacancies
28. She reads newspapers every day to look for the vacant _______ for which she can apply.
a. institutions b. indications c. positions d. locations
29. He had been expected to cope well with examinations and _______ good results.
a. achieve b. consider c. last d. object
30. He has not been offered the job because he cannot meet the _______ of the company.
a. requirements b. applicants c. information d. education
31. _______ education is normally taken to include undergraduate arid postgraduate education, as well as
vocational education and training.
a. Primary b. Tertiary c. Secondary d. Intermediate
32. The University of Cambridge is a prestigious _______ of higher learning in the UK
a. tower b. hall c. house d. institute
33. - Which subject do you _______ at university? - I major in Maths.
a. do b. make c. practice d. demonstrate
34. A _______ is an official document that you receive when you have completed a course of study or training.
a. vocation b. subject c. certificate d. grade
35. In many countries, prospective university students apply for _______ during their last year of high school.
a. achievement b. information c. course d. admission
36. Parents can express a _______ for the school their child attends.
a. prefer b. preference c. preferential d. preferable
37. Many people have objected to the use of animals in _____ experiments.
a. science b. scientist c. scientific d. scientifically
38. I would like to invite you to participate in the ceremony.
a. graduate b. graduated c. graduation d. graduating
40
39. Mr. Pike provided us with an _______ guide to the full-time and part-time programs on offer to a range of
candidates drawn from schools and colleges.
a. inform b. informative c. informed d. information
40. Not many places at the universities are left, so choice is on a severe _______.
a. limiting b. limitation c. delimitation d. limited
41. Many children are under such a high _______ of learning that they do not feel happy at school.
a. recommendation b. interview c. pressure d. concentration
42. She likes meeting people and travelling so she wants to apply for a _______ of a receptionist or tourist guide.
a. location b. position c. site d. word
43. To my _______, I was not offered the job.
a. happiness b. dream c. joy d. disappointment
44. Being well-dress and punctual can help you create a good _______ on your interviewer.
a. impression b. pressure c. employment d. effectiveness
45. She often reads newspapers and look through the Situations _______ columns every day, but up to now she
has not found any job yet.
a. Article b. Space c. Vacant d. Spot
46. Doctors have to assume _______ for human life.
a. responsible b. responsibly c. responsibility d. responsibles
47. _______ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
48. He was offered the job thanks to his _______ performance during his job interview.
a. impress b. impression c. impressive d. impressively
49. His work involves helping students to find temporary _______ during their summer vacation.
a. decision b. employment c. choice d. selection
50. To prepare for your job interview, you should jot down your qualifications and experience as well as some
important information about yourself.
a. draw b. place c. put d. write
51. When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or asking you.
a. be related to b. be interested in c. pay all attention to d. express interest to
52. Before _______ for a position, check whether you can fulfill all the requirements from the employer.
a. deciding b. applying c. requiring d. demanding
53. If you are _______ for a particular job, someone asks you questions about yourself to find out if you suitable
for it.
a. paid b. chosen c. interviewed d. recommended
54. You should ask the interviewer some questions about the job to show your _______ and keenness.
a. anger b. thrill c. amazement d. interest
55. The interviewer gave his consent to John's _______ for work and promised to give him a job.
a. keen b. keenly c. keener d. keenness
56. _______! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
57. It is _______ to fail a job interview, but try again.
a. disappoint b. disappointing c. disappointedly d. disappointment
58. Her job was so _______ that she decided to quit it.
a. interesting b. satisfactory c. stressful d. wonderful
41
59. Some days of rest may help to _______ the pressure of work.
a. reduce b. lower c. chop d. crease
60. Can you please tell me some information that _______ to the job?
a. indicates b. expresses c. interests d. relates
Exercise 3:
1. It is quite important _______ me to get on and think.

A. of B. to C. on D. with
2. The new policies include cutting _______ subsidies and trade barriers.
A. agriculture B. agricultural C. agriculturalist D. agriculturally
3. The control of _______ has been carried out through measures rooted in monetarism.
A. inflate B. inflationist C. inflation D. inflator
4. It is often a good idea to start with small, easily _______ goals.
A. achieve B. achievement C. achievable D. achiever
5. Economic reforms began in the Soviet Union in June 1985 by the Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev to _______
the Soviet economy.
A. repair B. reproduce C. restructure D. reply
6. After more than a decade of Doi Moi or economic _______, the Vietnamese Communist government has
achieved diplomatic and economic links with numerous foreign partners.
A. relation B. investment C. productivity D. renovation
7. For more than 20 years, the Vietnamese government has pursued the open-door _______ and continued to woo
foreign investment.
A. policy B. way C. export D. guideline
8. After a decade of economic liberalization, Vietnam has seen a dramatic rise in living _______ in urban areas.
A. surface B. standards C. levels D. backgrounds
9._______ laws and regulations which impose restrictions on any rights should be revised to comply with
international law.
A. Domestic B. Program C. Encouraged D. Expanding
10. These new economic reforms have allowed for international _______ and development in the country.
A. pay B. renovation C. investment D. opportunity
11. In 2001 _______ Vietnamese Communist Party approved a 10-year economic plan that enhanced the role of
the, private sector while reaffirming the primacy of the state.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
12. Economic reforms are often carried _______ to promote the developing of a country.
A. out B. on C. for D. in
13. For more than ten years, we have seen the significant _______ in the economy of our country.
A. develop B. developments C. developers D. developed
14. Henry was a studious student. He needed no _______ to work hard.
A. encourage B. encouraging C. encouragement D. encouraged
15. During the time of economic reforms, the economy has grown _______ with only a few major setbacks.
A. constant B. constantly C. constants D. constancy
16. The _______ effect of the new policy is that the farmer is now working for himself, and not for the state sake.
A. legal B. common C. all D. overall
42
17. Considering peasants make up nearly 80% of Vietnam's population.
A. specialists B. economists C. professors D. farmers
18. The Doi Moi reforms have _______ new possibilities in farming systems research in Vietnam.
A. risen B. opened C. renovated D. called
19. The introduction of appropriate farming practices to Vietnam farmers can help them achieve a higher output.
A. productivity B. renovation C. guideline D. achievement
20. There was a shortage _______ food and safe water after the flood.
A. on B. with C. for D. of
21. Constant _______ of attack makes everyday life dangerous here.
A. threat B. threaten C. threatening D. threateningly
22. No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen _______.
A. expected B. unexpected C. expectedly D. unexpectedly
23. Someone who is _______ is hopeful about the future or the success of something in particular.
A. powerful B. optimistic C. stagnant D. pessimistic
24. There will be powerful network of computers which may come from a single computing _______ that is worn
on or in the body.
A. device B. machinery C. equipment D. vehicle
25. A _______ is a spacecraft that is designed to travel into space and back to earth several times.
A. a. plane B. corporation C. telecommunication D. shuttle
26. An economic _______ is a time when there is very little economic activity, which causes a lot of
unemployment and poverty.
A. improvement B. depression C. development D. mission
27. In the future many large corporations will be wiped out and millions of jobs will be lost.
A. companies B. services C. supermarkets D. farms
28. The more powerful weapons are, the more terrible the _______ is.
A. creativity B. history C. terrorism D. technology
29. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.
A. speed B. expectation C. improvement D. treatment
30. What are your plans for _______ future?
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
31. In the future, the number of tiny but _______ computers you encounter every day will number in the
thousands, perhaps millions.
A. power B. powerful C. powerfully D. powered
32. Advances in computing _______, from processing speed to network capacity and the internet, have
revolutionized the way scientists work.
A. technology B. technological C. technologically D. technologist
33. What will the relationship between computing and _______ bring us over the next 15 years?
A. science B. scientific C. scientifically D. scientist
34. Someone who is _______ thinks that bad things are going to happen.
A. optimistic B. pessimistic C. threatened D. hopeful
35. Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving devices.
A. Official B. Household C. Schooling D. Foreign
36. The idea of building a _______ with human intelligence is not only ambitious but also highly unconventional.
A. robot B. corporation C. line D. road
43
37. Washing machines, vacuum cleaners, and dish washers are labor _______ devices which help us do
housework easily and quickly.
A. improving B. making C. saving D. employing
38. Those companies were closed due to some seriously financial problems.
A. taken off B. put away C. wiped out D. gone over
39. The computer allows us to work fast and _______.
A. efficiently B. differently C. variously D. freshly
40. Many people think that in some more years we will see the complete _______ of newspapers and magazines
due to the Internet.
A. disappear B. disappearance C. appear D. appearing
41. ________ Sahara of ________ Africa is the world's largest desert.
A. Ø / the B. The / Ø C. A / an D. The / an
42. The Sahara contains complex linear dunes that are ________ by almost 6 kilometers.
A. developed B. separated C. lay D. located
43. A _______ is a landscape or region that receives very little precipitation.
A. dune B. desert C. sandy area D. shrub land
44. Deserts are often composed of ________ and rocky surfaces.
A. water B. trees C. oil D. sand
45. Three great stretches of sandy deserts almost circle the center of Australia.
A. dunes B. valleys C. lands D. areas
46. Deserts are also classified by their ________ location and dominant weather pattern.
A. geographical B. aerial C. sandy D. facial
47. Thanks to pictures taken by satellites, deserts have not ________ a mystery in our time.
A. hidden B. intended C. remained D. attained
48. Can you make a ________ estimate of how much our expedition in the desert may be?
A. rough B. roughly C. roughing D. roughen
49. After Peter had returned from the Sahara desert, he was confined to bed by a ________ disease.
A. mystery B. mysterious C. mysteriously D. mysteriousness
50. In the northern part of the Simpson Desert, the dunes are separated by ________ of low, open shrubland.
A. streets B. ways C. corridors D. lines
51. A ________ is a small raised area of ground, like a very small hill.
A. slope B. hummock C. dune D. shrub
52. We used to climb up the crest of the hill to get a good view of the surroundings.
A. top B. foot C. middle D. face
53. Scientific ________ help to explore some places and discover more and more remote parts of the world.
A. survey B. lead C. research D. expedition
54. The wind that blows in the desert comes ________ far away waters.
A. for B. with C. in D. from
55. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters ________ height.
A. with B. at C. on D. in
56. Several ________ advanced countries have had plans to make desert more hospitable.
A. science B. scientific C. scientifically D. scientist
57. The desert biome includes the hottest places in the world because it absorbs more ________ from the sun than
land in humid climates do.
44
A. heat B. hot C. hotly D. heating
58. A ________ is a large animal that lives in deserts and is used for carrying goods and people.
A. slope B. dune C. spinifex D. camel
59. The ________ of a cliff, or mountain, is a vertical surface or side of it.
A. face B. border C. crest D. lake
60. Most deserts are enormous sandy areas.
A. mysterious B. narrow C. immense D. aerial
Exercise 4:
1. Birds aren’t all the same. There are many different _____.
A. categories B. species C. animals D. plants
2. The rhinoceros will become ___ if people continue to hurt them.
A. extinct B. instinct C. distinct D. extinction
3. Thousands of species of animals and plants are ____ and the number decreases each year.
A. danger B. dangerous C. endanger D. endangered
4. If one species becomes extinct, the whole chain will be ___ seriously.
A. disappeared B. killed C. damaged D. threatened
5. We depend on species diversity to provide food, clean air and water.
A. popularity B. existence C. development D. variety
6. More than a billion people all over the world are under the threat of desert____.
A. increase B. expansion C. extension D. development
7. Biologists have introduced a global list of endangered and vulnerable animal species.
A. rare and specious B. small but invaluable C. weak and easily hurt D. strong and unusual
8. Government have passed laws to protect wildlife from commercial trade.
A. enabled B. enforced C. enacted D. ensured
9. The government is now trying to protect gorilla to ensure their ____.
A. life B. existence C.survival D. growth
10. Everyone is worried about the ___ of the rainforests.
A. destruction B. protection C. species D. extinction
11. Without ___ all the resources necessary for life would be damaged, wasted or destroyed.
A. conversation B. biodiversity C. extinction D. destruction
12. Many people are interested in watching ___.
A. wildlife B. wilds C. wilderness D. wildly
13. This species has nearly died out because its ___ is being destroyed.
A. environment B. habitat C. land D. forest
14. The primary causes of species extinction are habitat destruction, commercial ___ and pollution.
A. exploit B. exploiting C. exploitation D. exploitative
15. Toxic chemicals in the air and land have also driven many species to the ___ of extinction.
A. border B. limit C. verge D. edge
16. It is ___ to cross the sea in a small boat.
A. danger B. endanger C. dangerous D. endangered
17. Do you think plants and animals, however small or oversized, all contribute to the ____?
A. conversation B. extinction C. destruction D. biodiversity
45
18. Many African and Asian nations have set aside land called ___ to protect the habitats of elephants and other
wild animals.
A. reserves B. species C. wildlife D. forest
19. Over 120 ___ of birds have been recorded in this national park.
A. species B. diversity C. animals D. individuals
20. The mountain gorilla is on the verge of ___.
A. extinct B. extraction C. extinguish D. extinction
21. Reviewers often ___ books as “hard to put down” or “hard to pick up again”.
A. describe B. illustrate C. classify D. choose
22. Have you got any books on business methods or any similar ___?
A. subject B. content C. author D. matter
23. How are the books in this library___?
A. divided B. named C. gathered D. classified
’
24. Robert s new book will be ___ in August.
A. typed B. published C. broadcast D. announced
’ ’ ’ ’
25. I m reading a Stephen King s novel. It s really exciting and I couldn t ___.
A. get it off B. put it down C. take it on D. look it up
26. Children tend to read ___ books that tell stories through pictures.
A. novel B. fiction C. science D. comic
27. What kind of readers would you ___ this book?
A. advise B. introduce C. recommend D. persuade
28. Watching videos is becoming a popular form of ___.
A. entertain B. entertainment C. entertainer D. entertaining
29. After talking to Mary for ten minutes, George paused, waiting for her to ___the information.
A. taste B. chew C. swallow D. digest
30. Mr. Johnson was so busy that he only had enough time to ___ the report before he attended the meeting.
A. dip into B. review C. go over D. pick up
31. The book ___ me of the days I was in the army.
A. remembers B. reminds C. recalls D. recollects
32. Most novels are divided into several___.
A. chapters B. units C. sections D. passages
33. Cambridge University Press is the ___ of the book you are reading.
A. author B. editor C. printer D. publisher
34. Ernest Hemingway is one of my ___ American writers.
A. best B. favourite C. ideal D. most popular
’ ’
35. I d like to ___ that book when you ve read it.
A. borrow B. hire C. lend D. loan
36. The plot of the novel was exciting, but I didn’t find the ___ very interesting.
A. characters B. figures C. people D. persons
’
37. The dictionary is too expensive for me. I can t ___ it.
A. spend B. cost C. afford D. pay
38. ___ books tell stories from the author’s imagination.

A. Fiction B. Picture C. Coloured D. Long
46
’
39. If you can t find what you are looking for in the book, use the ___.
A. index B. list C. preface D. directory
’
40. He s a ___ boy. He knows everything from books never gives any logical and practical solutions.
A. bookworm B. bookish C. bookbinder D. book-keeper
41. Runners from eight different countries will be competing in the next ___.
A. race B. place C. record D. course
42. It is common knowledge that sportmen ___ themselves in good form by regular swimming.
A. put B. make C. take D. keep
43. Synchronized swimming is a sport in which groups of swimmers ___ in patterns in the water to music.
A. go B. move C. dive D. jump
44. Wind – surfing is a common term for two similar ___ sports: sail-surfing and sail- boarding.
A. water B. wind C. sail D. board
45. Volleyball, basketball, football are ___ games.
A. team B. group C. crowd D. class
46. Rowing is the sport or activity of travelling in a boat by using ___.
A. air tanks B. sails C. boards D. oars
47. Unlike football, a water polo game is ___ into quarters.
A. divided B. separated C. cut D. played
’
48. In 1918, Smith ___ the record for the world s longest flight by flying 2,350 miles from Cairo to Calcutta.
A. smashed B. split C. cracked D. broke
49. One of the four period of time in which a game of American football is divided is known as a ___.
A. part B. half C. quarter D. stage
50. The ___ is the official who controls the game in some sports.
A. player B. captain C. referee D. defender
51. In water polo, holding balls with two hands and punching ball are ___.
A. errors B. fouls C. faults D. mistakes
52. A kick taken as a penalty in the game of football is called a penalty kick or ___ kick.
A. punishment B. foul C. opposition D. spot
53. Any players who commit 5 personal fouls will be ___.
A. rejected B. ejected C. sacked D. dismissed
54. In water polo the ball can be ___ by passing with one hand.
A. advanced B. forwarded C. thrown D. kicked
55. No player except the ___ can hold the ball with two hands.
A. goalie B. referee C. defensive player D. striker
56. Katherine Curtis developed the ___ for the competition of synchronized swimming.
A. regulations B. formula C. laws D. principles
57. The whole audience objected to their foul play during the football match.
A. clumsy B. dependent C. imperfect D. unfair
58. The match ended in a ___.
A. foul B. tie C. range D. penalty
59. William won first ___ in the tennis competition.
A. medal B. prize C. reward D. position
60. If you ___ the goalie, there are seven players in a team.
A. gather B. conclude C. collect D. include
47
Exercise 5:
1. Johnny used to be one of the most _______ athletes in my country.
A. succeed B. success C. successful D. successfully
2. The 22nd SEA Games consisted of athletes from eleven _____ countries.
A. participate B. participant C. participation D. participating
3. _______, the athlete broke the world's record with two attempts.
A. Surprise B. Surprised C. Surprising D. Surprisingly
4. On behalf of the referees and athletes, referee Hoang Quoc Vinh and shooter Nguyen Manh Tuong swore to an
oath of "_______, Honesty and Fair Play".
A. Performance B. Delegation C. Participation D. Solidarity
5. The ASEAN Para-Games are hosted by the same country where the SEA Games took place.
A. organized B. impressed C. participated D. defended
6. The ASEAN Para-Games is a biannual multi-sport _______ held after every Southeast Asian Games for
athletes with physical disabilities.
A. games B. event C. work D. situation
7. In beach volleyball, Indonesia defeated Thailand in straight sets to take men's gold _______.
A. present B. award C. medal D. reward
nd
8. The 22 SEA Games was the first time when Vietnam finished top of the medal _______.
A. standings B. events C. spirits D. programs
9. Viet Nam's successful hosting of the 22nd SEA Games is considered a/an _____ example for other countries to
follow, particularly in honesty, consistence and organizing method.
A. festival B. peaceful C. energetic D. outstanding
10. The number of Vietnamese sport officials and referees of international standard taking part in regional
tournaments has increased rapidly.
A. hosting B. participating C. achieving D. succeeding
11. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by ____ third behind the host - the
Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
A. finishing B. playing C. preparing D. performing
nd
12. In the 22 SEA Games in 2003, the country _______ the competition with 340 medals, including 156 golds,
91 silvers and 93 bronzes.
A. defended B. cost C. topped D. ranked
13. To improve its athletes' _______, Viet Nam has regularly exchanged delegation of sport officials, coaches,
referees and athletes with other countries.
A. team B. competitor C. appearance D. performance
14. _______ is the activity of doing special exercises regularly in order to make your muscles grow bigger.
A. Wrestling B. Bodybuilding C. Weightlifting D. Badminton
15. He is a great sports _______. He rarely misses any sport games although he was busy.
A. enthusiast B. player C. energy D. programmer
16. At the 23rd SEA Games, Viet Nam proved its position in the region by ____ third behind the host - the
Philippines and second-ranked Thailand.
A. finishing B. playing C. preparing D. performing
17. How many _______ took part in the 22nd SEA Games?
A. compete B. competitors C. competition D. competitor
18. The second part of the program in the 22nd SEA Games opening ceremony was named "_______ for Peace".
A. Cooperate B. Cooperation C. Cooperative D. Cooperatively
19. The _______ wanted to reduce the breadth of the games, with many events currently having small fields and
weak competition.
A. organize B. organization C. organizable D. organizers
20. Before the 22nd SEA Games, Vietnam had made a good _______ in every aspect.
A. prepare B. preparation C. preparative D. preparer
48
21. ASEAN press praised the great _______ of Vietnamese athletes at the 22nd SEA Games.
A. sports B. sportsman C. sporting D. sportsmanship
22. The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many _______ volunteers.
A. support B. supporter C. supportive D. supportively
23. Since its rejoining in the Southeast Asian arena in 1989, Viet Nam's sports have made great _______,
particularly in recent SEA Games.
A. success B. invention C. host D. game
24. The athlete had tried his best to _______ his SEA Games title and records.
A. carry B. perform C. defend D. support
25. Viet Nam is now willing to _______ part in the 24th SEA Games hosted by Thailand by the end of 2007 with
a total of 958 athletes.
A. play B. lose C. take D. enjoy
26. The International Committee Red Cross has about 12,000 staff members worldwide, about 800 of them
working in its Geneva _______.
A. factories B. companies C. headquarters D. buildings
27. The Red Cross on white background was the original protection _______ declared at the 1864 Geneva
Convention.
A. poster B. billboard C. symbol D. signal
28. The Red Cross is an international organization that helps people who are suffering from the results of war,
diseases or _______.
A. victims B. disasters C. opportunities D. conditions
29. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
30. The organization was established in 1950 in the USA.
A. come around B. set up C. made out D. put on
31. The International Red Cross helps people in need without any discrimination based on _______, race, religion,
class or political opinions.
A. national B. nationally C. nationality D. native
32. The International Committee of the Red Cross is a private _______ institution founded in 1863 in Geneva,
Switzerland.
A. human B. humanity C. humanization D. humanitarian
33. In former days, after the battles soldiers on both sides died or were left wounded on the field without any
_______ attendance and basic care.
A. medicine B. medical C. medication D. medically
34. The International Red Cross has about 97 million volunteers whose main _______ is to protect human life and
health.
A. mission B. experience C. organization D. rule
35. The International Red Cross helps to ensure respect for the human being, and to prevent and relieve human
_______.
A. protection B. enjoyment C. wealthy D. sufferings
36. An international medical conference initiated by Davison resulted in the birth of the League of Red Cross
Societies in 1991.
A. started B. helped C. treated D. dedicated
37. In times of war, the Red Cross is dedicated to reducing the sufferings of wounded soldiers, civilians, and
prisoners of war.
A. mounted B. excited C. devoted D. interested
38. _______ is a situation in which large numbers of people have little or no food, and many of them die.
A. Disaster B. Famine C. Poverty D. Flood.
39. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume the duties and
responsibilities of a national relief society.
49
A. take on B. get off C. go about D. put in
40. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A. put on B. went off C. got out D. kept up
41. She sustained severe head _______ after being thrown from her horse.
A. injure B. injured C. injuries D. injurious
42. According to World Bank figures, 41 per cent of Brazilians live in absolute _______.
A. poor B. poorer C. poorly D. poverty
43. Up until the middle of the 19th century, there were no _______ and well established army nursing systems for
casualties.
A. organize B. organized C. organizational D. organizers
44. The AIDS _______ continues to spread around the world. Up to 4,000 people are infected with the HIV virus
every single day.
A. treatment B. epidemic C. tsunami D. damage
45. During World War II, the Red Cross organized relief assistance for _______ and wounded soldiers and
administered the exchange of messages regarding prisoners and missing persons.
A. civilians B. governments C. authorities D. members
46. A _______ is a very large wave, often caused by an earthquake that flows onto the land and destroys things.
A. famine B. catastrophe C. tsunami D. flood
47. By the end of World War II, 179 _______ of the Red Cross had conducted 12,750 visits to POW (prisoner of
war) camps in 41 countries.
A. conferences B. symbols C. missions D. delegates
48. We oppose this war, as we would do any other war which created an environmental catastrophe.
A. pollution B. disaster C. convention D. epidemic
49. The first relief assistance mission organized by the League was an aid mission for the _______ of a famine and
subsequent typhus epidemic in Poland.
A. leaders B. authorities C. victims D. organizers
50. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200,000 people and left countless wounded and homeless.
A. poor B. imprisoned C. suffered D. injured
51. In 2004 more than 40 national societies have worked with more than 22,000 _______ to bring relief to the
countless victims of the earthquake.
A. actions B. volunteers C. founders D. nations
52. How are you _______ on with your work? - It is OK.
A. calling B. getting C. laying D. looking
53. All payments to the ICRC are _______ and are received as donations.
A. volunteer B. voluntary C. voluntarily D. voluntariness
54. The Red Cross organizes and leads relief assistance missions after ______, such as natural disasters, man-
made disasters, and epidemics.
A. emergent B. emergencies C. emergently D. emergence
55. One of the tasks of the Red Cross is also to support local _____ care projects.
A. health B. healthy C. healthful D. healthily
56. The International Red Cross and Red Crescent _______ occurs once every four years.
A. Globe B. Society C. Conference D. Nations
57.The mission of the Red Cross is also to supervise the _______ of prisoners of war.
A. education B. encouragement C. treatment D. runaway
58. The total number of national Red Cross societies from all over the world has mounted to 186.
A. protected B. devoted C. increased D. aimed
59. Henri Davison, president of the American Red Cross war Committee proposed forming a federation of these
National Societies.
A. took B. dedicated C. carried D. suggested
60. Fifty per cent of road accidents results in head injuries.
50
A. examines B. heals C. causes D. treats
61. Jean Henri Dunant was appalled by the almost complete lack of care for wounded soldiers.
A. dedicated B. shocked C. interested D. excited
62. The mission statement of the International Movement as formulated in the "Strategy 2010" document of the
Federation is to improve the lives of vulnerable people by mobilizing the power of humanity.
A. weak and unprotected B. wealthy and famous C. poor and disabled D. deaf and mute
63. The authority _______ down that building to build a supermarket.
A. knocked B. came C. went D. fell
64. In some most Asian countries women are undervalued and they never have the same ___ as men.
A. formality B. basis C. limit D. status
65. What does "www" ________ for? Is it short for “world wide web?”
A. sit B. stand C. lie D. point
66. Not all women can do two jobs well at the same time: rearing children and working at office.
A. educating B. taking care of C. homemaking D. giving a birth
67. There have been significant changes in women's lives since the women's liberation movement.
A. controlled B. economic C. important D. natural
68. Childbearing is the women's most wonderful role.
A. Giving birth to a baby B. Having no child C. Bring up a child D. Educating a child
69. Most people consider it women's ________ to take care of children and do housework.
A. limit B. relationship C. responsibility D. respect
70. Mrs. Pike is a feminist, who ________ that women should be offered the same job opportunities as men.
A. varies B. advocates C. leads D. votes
71. It is against the law to _______ on the basis of sex, age, marital status, or race.
A. suit B. discriminate C. believe D. gain
72. Women's status ______ in different countries and it depends on the cultural beliefs.
A. varies B. employs C. fixes D. establishes
73. Women's contribution to our society has been ______ better these days.
A. differently B. naturally C. intellectually D. significantly
74. Many of young people between the ages of 16 and 18 who are neither in education nor ________ are in danger
of wasting their lives.
A. power B. ability C. nature D. employment
75. ASEAN helps to ____ regional cooperation in Southeast Asia in the spirit of equality and partnership
A. invest B. promote C. admit D. invest
76. Rice is the _______ exported product of Vietnam.
A. main B. free C. average D. rural
77. Southeast Asia is a region of diverse cultures.
A. same B. adopted C. various D. respected
78. ASEAN also works for the _______ of peace and stability in the region.
A. promote B. promotion C. promotional D. promoter
79. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is a geo-political and _______
organization.
A. economy B. economic C. economics D. economical
80. The motivations for the birth of ASEAN were the desire for a _______ environment.
A. stable B. stability C. stably D. stabilize
81. ASEAN was founded on 8 August, 1967 with five ________: Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, and
the Philippines.
A. members B. competitors C. leaders D. statesmen
82. ASEAN is an organization on the Southeast Asian region that aims to _______ economic growth, social
progress, and cultural development.
A. account B. include C. accelerate D. respect
51
83. The aims of the Association of Southeast Asia include the evolvement of economic growth, social progress,
cultural development among its members, and the promotion of regional peace.
A. goals B. organizations C. missions D. plans
84. ASEAN has emphasized cooperation in the "three pillars" of security, socio cultural and economic _______ in
the region.
A. organization B. production C. integration D. establishment
85. The ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) is an agreement by the member nations of ASEAN concerning local
manufacturing in all ASEAN countries.
A. progressing B. producing C. combining D. aiming
86. ASEAN has planned equitable economic development and reduced poverty and _______ disparities in year
2020.
A. socio-politic B. socio-cultural C. socio-linguistic D. socio-economic
87. ASEAN's aims include the acceleration of economic growth, _______ progress, cultural, development among
its members, and the promotion of regional peace.
A. society B. social C. socially D. socialize
88. A combined gross domestic _______ of the member countries of ASEAN has grown at an average rate of
around 6% per year.
A. produce B. productivity C. production D. product
89. One of ASEAN's objectives is to help people think about peace and _______ and do something about it.
A. origin B. justice C. statistics D. record
90. There are plenty of industrial _______ established in the area, which also makes the government worried about
pollution.
A. series B. goods C. enterprises D. relationships
91. Free _____ area is a designated group of countries that have agreed to eliminate tariffs, quotas, and preferences
on most goods among them.
A. trade B. cultural C. stable D. adopted
92. The ASEAN Investment Area aims to enhance the competitiveness of the region for attracting direct
investment which flows into and within ASEAN.
A. produce B. combine C. found D. improve
93. ASEAN has _______ a community of Southeast' Asian nations at peace with one another and at peace with the
world.
A. joined B. estimated C. established D. solved
94. Throughout the 1970s, ASEAN embarked on a program of economic _______.
A. cooperate B. cooperation C. cooperative D. cooperatively
95. 2007 was the 40th anniversary of the _______ of ASEAN.
A. found B. founder C. foundation D. founding
96. Vietnam asked for _______ to ASEAN in 1995.
A. admit B. admission C. admissive D. admissible
97. ASEAN economic cooperation _______ many areas, such as agriculture, industry, services, transportations,
and tourism.
A. creates B. contains C. consists D. covers
98. ASEAN bodies in addressing global and regional concerns such as food security, _______ and disaster
management.
A. realization B. energy C. plan D. diversity
99. The 8th ASEAN Science and Technology Week is now being ____ in Manila from 1 to 11 July 2008.
A. held B. joined C. related D. combined
100. The ASEAN Science and Technology Week aims to promote science and technology _______ in the region.
A. tourism B. solution C. forestry D. development
52
Part XVII: READING COMPREHENSION

I. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer
Exercise 1:
Jean spent her first few years in Hooper and her family moved to Otsego early in her life. She was only ten
when her father died unexpectedly, leaving her mother to raise and support their family alone. Her mother soon
went to work outside the home to provide for the family, and Jean, being one of the oldest, had to help care for her
younger siblings. Although she had much responsibility at home, Jean thoroughly enjoyed school and was an
excellent student. She went on to graduate 10th in her class at Otsego High School in 1953.
While still in high school, Jean met a young man named Charles "Chuck" Holly, at a dance in Alamo; and they
were quite taken with each other. Over the next few years, their love for each other blossomed and they were
married on February 24, 1953, while Jean was still in school. At the time, Chuck was serving his country in the
military, and had come home on leave to marry his sweetheart. Unfortunately, shortly thereafter, he was sent
overseas to serve in Korea for the next fifteen months.
Upon his discharge, the couple settled into married life together in the Plainwell, Otsego area. To help make
ends meet, Jean went to work at the collection bureau in Kalamazoo for a while, before taking a job at the cheese
company in Otsego. In 1964, Chuck and Jean were overjoyed with the birth of their son, Chuck, who brought
great joy into their lives. Jean remembered how her mother was always gone so much working after her father
died and she did not want that for her son, so she left her job to devote herself to the role of a mother.
1. Before Jean's father passed away, her mother used to _______.
A. work outside the home B. be a housewife C. support the family alone D. work as a secretary
2. Which is not referred to Jean?
A. She was a responsible girl. B. She never helped her mother with household chores.
C. She often did well at school. ' D. She went to high school.
3. Jean's husband was a _______.
A. teacher B. dancer C. soldier D. servant
4. Jean _______.
A. served in the military B. lived in Korea for fifteen months
C. had a daughter D. got married when she was a student
5. Which is not true about Jean?
A. She disliked staying at home and taking care of her child.
B. She worked outside the home before she had a child.
C. She was very happy when she got a baby.
D. She quit her job to look after her baby.
Exercise 2:
I was born to dance. I've been dancing all my life, ever since my mother, who gave up a dancing career on the
stage when she married my father, picked me up and twirled me around as an infant. As much as I loved dancing
with her, her greatest gift to me was her "unconditional love" during her lifetime.
My parents divorced after only 5 years of marriage, but my father remarried a lovely lady who also loved to
dance. They used to take me to a dancing club where I would listen to the music and watch them dance-
53
occasionally my stepmother, Mary, invited me to dance I also met my wife, Charlotte, in a dancing party. I danced
with her for about 15 minutes, and during that brief span, I realized that I fell in love with her. We kept dancing
throughout our marriage. My earliest memories of dancing with my daughters started when I came home from
work to our small home in Marblehead, Massachusetts, and my daughter Laura was about 3 years old. It was very
relaxing for me. To turn on the record player, pick up Laura in my arms, and dance her around the room!
Our family danced a lot. My daughters, Laura and Anne, and I continued to dance on every occasion. One
favorite memory I have of dancing with Laura and Anne was when I took each of them when they were seniors in
high school to the Daddy-Daughter dance. We won both dance competitions!
As their father, I have tried to provide my daughters with unconditional love, as my Mother provided to me,
endless emotional and loving support, and good educations and life experiences which have helped prepare them
for happy and successful adult lives. Being a father who is worthy of their love and respect, I consider fatherhood
a privilege, not an entitlement.
In 1994, my oldest daughter Laura gave me a lovely book, which I still have, entitled "Fathers and Daughters."
My Father's Day suggestion to every father is to dance with your daughters at every opportunity. It will not only
bring you closer, it will give them memories of you “to hang onto" long after we are gone.
1. Of the characters mentioned in the passage, who did not like dancing?
A. Mary B. Laura C. Anne D. No one
2. The writer _________.
A. could not dance well B. had a devoted mother
C. had not met his father since his parents divorced. D. did not like to dance with his step mother
3. Which sentence is not true?
A. He used to go to a dancing club with his father and step mother. B. The writer had two daughters.
C. The writer enjoyed dancing with his daughters. D. The writer never danced with his step mother
4. Which is not referred to what the writer provides his daughters with?
A. the arts of dancing C. endless emotional and loving support
B. unconditional love D. good educations and life experiences
5. The writer _________ fatherhood.
A. underestimates B. appreciates C. dislikes D. disapproves of
Exercise 3:
When people plan to marry, they expect to find in their partner not only a lover but a friend also. They find a
person with whom they can share their opinions, their emotions, thoughts and fears. In marriage we are looking
for a partner who will be able to understand our values, our likes and dislikes.
If a man and a woman are born and raised in the same country, most likely they are familiar with the same
songs, movies, jokes, books and life in general. They basically have the same roots. In the case of a western man
and foreign woman family everything is more complicated and requires much more patience and understanding
from both spouses. On one hand each of the partners has an opportunity to learn a great deal about the other's
country, culture, traditions and life styles which can be very interesting. On the other hand it can be very
disappointing if there is the inability to understand your partner's excitements and frustrations. For example, you
are watching the television and suddenly you see a famous actor or singer, or other type of an artist whose name
you have grown up with. Maybe this artist was an idol for your parents and the music of this artist was often
played in your house when you were a child. Unfortunately you realize that your wife is unable to understand your
feelings because she has no idea who this artist is. Her eyes are absolutely empty because she has never even heard
54
the song before. You feel rather disappointed! Remember that your wife has the same situation with you. You do
not know her country's songs, her country's famous actors, her books. She has her own memories and in actuality,
for her, everything is much more difficult than it is for you. At least, you live in your own country where
everybody can understand you. She lives in completely strange surroundings, where she has nobody to share her
feelings with, except you.
Do some research and learn about your wife's country, culture and lifestyles. Talk with her, ask her questions,
get to know what songs she likes, what movies and books are of interest to her. The Internet will give you a great
opportunity to find anything! Tell her about your country's culture, let her listen to the music that you like, rent a
movie for her that left you with great impression. Let her understand you better through the things that you like.
Patience and time will help you to fight cultural differences.
1. A spouse should ________.
A. let the partner to do everything alone B. be not only a lover but also a friend
C. not share the feelings with the partner D. not interfere with what the partner's likes and dislikes
2. According to the passage, ________.
A. Spouses who have the same nationality need more patience and understanding in their marriage than those
who are from different cultures.
B. Spouses who are from different cultures need more patience and understanding in their marriage than those
who have the same roots.
C. Spouses who have the same roots go not share anything together.
D. Spouses who are from different cultures can never share anything together.
3. If there is the inability to understand a spouse's excitements and frustrations the marriage, he or she may feel
________.
A. faithful B. hopeless C. disappointed D. happy
4. The passage is ________.
A. critical B. convincing C. advisory D. apologetic
5. To overcome cultural differences in marriage needs ________.
A. patience and time B. time and money C. movies and music D. books and the Internet
Exercise 4:
In the past, both men and women were expected to be married at quite young ages. Marriages were generally
arranged by parents and family, with their children having little chance to say no in the matter. In the past it was
not surprising to find that a bride and groom had only just met on the day of their engagement or marriage.
In modern Vietnam, this has changed completely as people choose their own marriage-partners based on love, and
in consideration primarily to their own needs and wants. Moreover early marriage is quite illegal.
The traditional Vietnamese wedding is one of the most important of traditional Vietnamese occasions.
Regardless of westernization, many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding continue
to be celebrated by both Vietnamese in Vietnam and overseas, often combining both western and eastern elements.
Besides the wedding ceremony, there is also an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so
before the wedding. Due to the spiritual nature of the occasion, the date and time of the marriage ceremony are
decided in advance by a fortune teller The traditional Vietnamese wedding consists of an extensive array of
ceremonies: the first is the ceremony to ask permission to receive the bride, the second is the procession to receive
the bride (along with the ancestor ceremony at her house), the third is to bring the bride to the groom's house for
another ancestor ceremony and to welcome her into the family, then the last is a wedding banquet. The number of
guests in attendance at these banquets is huge, usually in the hundreds. Several special dishes are served. Guests
55
are expected to bring gifts, often money, which the groom and bride at one point in the banquet will go from table
to table collecting.
1. In the past, _________.
A. Vietnamese couples were free to make a decision on the marriage
B. Vietnamese marriage was decided by parents and family
C. getting married at an early age was not allowed
D. parents had no right to interfere their children's marriage
2. In former days, the fact that a bride and groom had only first met just on the day of their engagement or
marriage was _________.
A. surprising B. popular C. uncommon D. strange
3. Which sentence is referred Vietnamese modern marriage?
A. Most young people do not have their marriage based on love.
B. All marriages are arranged by parents and family.
C. Marriage is quite westernization.
D. Couples do not get married at quite young ages.
4. According to the passage, __________.
A. Oversea Vietnamese people do not like to organize a traditional wedding
B. There is an engagement ceremony which takes place usually half a year or so before the wedding
C. Many of the age-old customs practiced in a traditional Vietnamese wedding do not exist nowadays
D. Vietnamese people never ask a fortune teller the date and time of the marriage ceremony
5. Which does not exist in a Vietnamese wedding party?
A. firecrackers B. guests C. dishes D. gifts
Exerciser 5:
Communication in general is process of sending and receiving messages that enables humans to share
knowledge, attitudes, and skills. Although we usually identify communication with speech, communication is
composed of two dimensions - verbal and nonverbal.
Nonverbal communication has been defined as communication without words. It includes apparent behaviors
such as facial expressions, eyes, touching, tone of voice, as well as less obvious messages such as dress, posture
and spatial distance between two or more people.
Activity or inactivity, words or silence all have message value: they influence others and these others, in turn,
respond to these communications and thus they are communicating.
Commonly, nonverbal communication is learned shortly after birth and practiced and refined throughout a person's
lifetime. Children first learn nonverbal expressions by watching and imitating, much as they learn verbal skills.
Young children know far more than they can verbalize and are generally more adept at reading nonverbal cues
than adults are because of their limited verbal skills and their recent reliance on the nonverbal to communicate. As
children develop verbal skills, nonverbal channels of communication do' not cease to exist although become
entwined in the total communication process.
1. According to the writer, ________.
A. Nonverbal language is only used by the deaf and the mute.
B. One cannot communicate in both verbal and .nonverbal language.
C. Those who can listen and talk should not use nonverbal language.
D. People communicate with both verbal and nonverbal language.
2. Which is not included in nonverbal communication?
56
A. words B. spatial distance C. facial expressions D. tone of voice
3. We can learn from the text that ________.
A. nonverbal can never get any responses B. most people do not like nonverbal communication
C. even silence has message value D. touching is not accepted in communicating
4. Human beings ________.
A. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language through books
B. can communicate in nonverbal language only when they are mature
C. have learnt how to communicate in nonverbal language since a child
D. communicate in nonverbal language much less than they do in verbal language
5. The word reading has a close meaning to ________.
A. looking at the words that are written B. understanding
C. saying something aloud D. expressing
Exercise 6:
Movements and gestures by the hands, arms, legs, and other parts' of the body and face are the most pervasive
types of nonverbal messages and the most difficult to control. 'It is estimated that there are over 200.000 physical
signs capable of stimulating meaning in another person. For example, there are 23 distinct eyebrow movements,
each capable of stimulating a different meaning.
Humans express attitudes toward themselves and vividly through body movements and postures. Body
movements express true messages about feelings that cannot be masked. Because such avenues of communication
are visual, they travel much farther than spoken words and are unaffected by the presence of noise that interrupt,
or cancels out speech.
People communicate by the way they walk, stand, and sit. We tend to be more relaxed with friends or when
addressing those of lower status. Body orientation also indicates status or liking of the other individual. More
direct orientation is related to a more positive attitude.
Body movements and postures alone have no exact meaning, but they can greatly support or reject the spoken
word. If these two means of communication are dichotomized and contradict each other, some result will be a
disordered image and most often the nonverbal will dominate.
1. Which part of body is not used to send body message?
A. faces B. legs C. hands D. stomachs
2. Face gestures ________.
A. can help us control our feelings B. are the most difficult to control
C. cannot express our feelings D. do not include eye brow moments
3. Body communication is ________.
A. visual B. verbal C. very few D. uncommon
4. According to the text, body movements cannot express ________.
A. feelings B. status C. attitudes D. desires
5. Nonverbal communication ________.
A. may be interrupted by noise B. has no relation to verbal communication
C. dominates words D. is less common than verbal communication
Exercise 7:
57
In 1988, for the first time in British history, a National Curriculum was introduced. The National
Curriculum tells pupils which subjects they have to study, what they must learn and when they have to
take assessment tests.
Between the ages of 14 and 16, pupils study for their GCSE (General Certificate of Secondary
Education) exams. Pupils must take English Language, Maths and Science for GCSE, as well as a half
GCSE in a foreign language and Technology. In addition, they must also be taught Physical Education,
Religious Education and Sex Education, although they do not take exams in these subjects.
At the age of 16, pupils can leave school. If pupils stay on, they usually. take A (Advanced) levels, AS
(Advanced Supplementary) level or GNVQs (Greater National Vocational Qualifications). It is quite
common to combine, for example, two A levels with one AS level, or one A level with one GNVQ.
Pupils taking A levels study traditional subjects, such as French, Physics or History. To go to
university, pupils usually need two or three A levels.
AS levels are the same standard as A levels, but only half of the content: AS level German pupils take
the A-level German language exam, but do not take the A-level German Literature exam.
GNVQs are vocational qualifications. Pupils usually take on GNVQ in subjects such as Business, Leisure
and Tourism, Manufacturing, and Art and Design. One GVNQ (at advanced level) is equal to two A
levels.
1. Britain began to have a National Curriculum .
A. one hundred years ago B. in the nineteenth century C. in 1898 D. in 1988
2. Which of the following subjects do British students NOT take exams in?
A. Science B. Physical Education C. Maths D. English Language
3. Pupils need___________ a levels to continue to study at university.
A. one or two B. two or three C. four or five D. five or six
4. Which of the following subjects do pupils NOT take on GNVQ in?
A. German Literature B. Business C. Art and Design D. Manufacturing
5. Pupils normally study for their GCSE between the ages of .
A. 12 and 14 B. 14 and 16 C. 15 and 17 D. 16 and 18
Exercise 8:
Parents send their children to school to prepare for the time when they grow up. Children learn their native
language so that they will be able to communicate fluently with other people around them .Moreover, they can
preserve the valuable culture and literature of their country. They learn foreign languages in order to benefit from
other country’s heritage .The more foreign languages they learn ,the more benefits they get .Children also learn
maths to calculate ,geography to know about nature ,and history to know about human beings and historical events
.Nearly everything they study at school has some practical uses in their life.
1. How many school subjects are mentioned in the passage?
A. five B. six C. seven D. four
2. According to the passage ,children learn history to know about......
A. the mankind B. events of the history. C. people and historical events. D. practical uses of life
3. Why do children have to learn their native language ?
A. To learn foreign languages B. To communicate fluently with other people around them.
C. To know about nature D. To benefit from foreign countries’ heritage
58
4. Most of the things children learn at school ......
A. are useless B. have no uses C. are not necessary D. have some practical uses.
5. Parents send their children to school to...
A. learn English B. make them grow up C. prepare for their future D. play better .
Exercise 9:
University Entrance Examination is very important in Vietnamese students. High school graduates have to
take it and get high results to be admitted to universities. The pressure on the candidates remains very high despite
the measures that have been taken to reduce the heat around these exams, since securing a place in a state
university is considered a major step towards a successful career for young people, especially those from rural
areas or disadvantaged families. In the year 2004, it was estimated that nearly 1 million Vietnamese students took
the University Entrance Examination, but on average only 1 out of 5 candidates succeeded. Normally, candidates
take 3 exam subjects, and each lasts; 180 minutes for the fixed group of subjects they choose. There are 4 fixed
groups of subjects: Group A: Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry; Group B: Mathematics, Biology, and
Chemistry; Group C: Literature, History, and Geography; Group D: Literature, Foreign Language, and
Mathematics.
In addition to universities, there are community colleges, art and technology institutes; professional secondary
schools, and vocational schools which offer degrees or certificates from a-few-month to 2-year courses.
According to Vietnam's Ministry of Education and Training, there are currently 23 non-public universities,
accounting for 11% of the total number of universities. These non-public universities are currently training
119,464 students, or 11.7% of the total number of students. The government is planning to increase the number of
non-public universities to 30% by 2007.
1. University Entrance Examination in Vietnamese is very _______.
A. interesting B. stressful C. free D. easy
2. The word those refers to _______.
A. exam subjects B. young people C. universities D. examinations
3. In 2004, the proportion of the students who got success in University Entrance Examination was about
_______ percent.
A. 5 B. 10 C. 20 D. 50
4. Which sentence refers to the University Entrance Examination in Vietnam?
A. Students find it easy to get success in the University Entrance Examination.
B. Math is compulsory in the University Entrance Examination.
C. Students are not allowed to choose their exam subjects.
D. There are four fixed groups of exam subjects for students to choose.
5. According to the passage, _______.
A. the Vietnamese government will close all non-public universities by next year.
B. the Vietnamese government does not appreciate non-public universities
C. the Vietnamese government encourages the establishing of non-public universities.
D. Vietnamese students have no alternative to continue their higher study besides universities.
59
Exercise 10:
As Chinese society changes, higher education is undergoing major transformations. The university model of
the United States and other Western countries has a powerful influence. New trends in Chinese higher education
are attracting the attention of global educators. Since the establishment of Western-oriented modern universities at
the end of nineteenth century, Chinese higher education has continued to evolve. Over the past two decades,
however, tremendous economic development in China has stimulated reforms in higher education that have
resulted in some remarkable changes.
The first modern institution, Peiyang University, was founded in Tianjin. The university changed its name to
Tianjin University in 1951 and became one of the leading universities in China: Next, Jiaotong University was
founded in Shanghai in 1896. In the 1950s, most of this university was moved to Xi'an, an ancient capital city in
northwest China, and became Xi'an Jiaotong University; the part of the university remaining in Shanghai was
renamed Shanghai Jiaotong University.
Tianjin University celebrated its hundredth anniversary in 1995, followed by Xi'an Jiaotong and Shanghai
Jiaotong Universities in 1996. Other leading universities, such as Zhejiang University (1897), Beijing University
(1898), and Nanjing University (1902) also recently celebrated their hundredth anniversaries, one after another.
These celebrations marked the beginning of a new chapter in Chinese higher education.
1. The text is about _______.
A. Chinese education system B. some famous universities in China
C. the western influences on Chinese education D. application for a university in China
2. Chinese higher education _______.
A. is not affected by any others B. has not really well-developed
C. has developed since the end of nineteenth century D. is not paid any attention by global educators
3. Chinese higher education _______.
A. has been stable since nineteenth century B. has decreased over the past two decades
C. has not got any changes
D. has been affected by the country's economic development
4. Tianjin University was founded in _______.
A. 1895 B. 1896 C. 1950 D. 1951
5. Which university celebrated the hundredth anniversaries in 2002?
A. Nanjing University B. Shanghai Jiaotong University
C. Xi'an Jiaotong University D. Beijing University
Exercise 11:
These following tips may help you make a good impression on your job interviewer during the interview:
 Before entering enquire by saying, "May I come in sir/madam?".
 If the door was closed before you entered, make sure you shut the door behind you softly.
 Look at the interviewer and confidently say 'Good day sir/madam'.
 If the interviewer wants to shake hands, then offer a firm grip first maintaining eye contact and a smile.
 Seek permission to sit down. If the interviewer is standing, wait for them to sit down first before you take
your seat.
60
 An alert interviewee would diffuse the tense situation with light-hearted humor and immediately set
rapport with the interviewer.
 The interviewer normally pays more attention if you display an enthusiasm in whatever you say. This
enthusiasm comes across in the energetic way you put forward your ideas.
 You should maintain a cheerful disposition throughout the interview.
 A little humor or wit thrown in the discussion occasionally enables the interviewer to look at the pleasant
side of your personality.
 You must maintain eye contact with the interviewer. This shows your self-confidence and honesty. Many
interviewees while answering questions, tend to look away. This conveys you are concealing your own
anxiety, fear and lack of confidence. Maintaining an eye contact is a difficult process. As the
circumstances in an interview are different, the value of eye contact is tremendous in making a personal
impact.
 Interviewers appreciate a natural person rather than an actor. It is best for you to talk in natural manner
because then you appear genuine.
1. The writer attitude is _______.
A. optimistic B. pessimistic C. advisory D. informative
2. According to the writer, _______.
A. shaking hands is a must in a job interview B. you should slam the door after entering the room
C. you needn't ask for a permission to enter the room D. eye contact is necessary in a job interview
3. The writer advises that _______.
A. permission to sit down is unnecessary B. you should not take your seat before the interview sits down
C. you should shake the interview's hand as firmly as possible D. you should conceal your enthusiasm
4. Which is not advised in a job interview?
A. a lack of confident B. honesty C. a sense of humor D. a cheerful
disposition
5. During your job interview, you should communicate _______ with the interview.
A. naturally B. dramatically C. anxiously D. dishonestly
Exercise 12:
Preparation is a key to a successful interview. Does the idea of going to a job interview make you feel a little
nervous? Many people find that it is the hardest part of the employing process. But it is not really true. The more
you prepare and practice, the more comfortable you will feel. You should find out as much as possible about the
company before you go to the interview. Understand the products that they produce and the services that they
provide. It is also good to know who the customers are and who the major competitors are. Practice makes perfect.
It will also make you feel more confident and relaxed. So, practice your answers to common questions. Make a list
of questions to ask, too. Almost all interviewers will ask if you have questions. This is a great opportunity for you
to show your keenness, enthusiasm, and knowledge.
Make a great impression. The interview is your chance to show that you are the best person for the job. Your
application or resume has already exhibited that you are qualified. Now it is up to you to show how your skills and
experience match this position and this company. The employer will be looking and listening to determine if you
are a good fit. He/she will be looking for a number of different qualities, in addition to the skills that you possess.
To make the best impression, dress appropriately; express your strengths; arrive early, by about 10-15 minutes; be
enthusiastic; shake hands firmly; be an active listener; sit up straight and maintain eye contact; and ask questions
After the interview, follow up with a thank-you note. This is a chance for you to restate your interest and how you
can benefit the company. Your best bet is to try to time it so that the note gets there before the hiring: decision is
61
made. You should also follow up with a phone call if you do not hear back from the employer within the specified
time.
1. The pronoun it refers to ________.
A. the job b. the interview C. the interviewer D. the preparation
2. What does the writer advise you to practice?
A. Asking and answering questions related to the job. B. Making products that the company produces.
C. Providing services that the company serves. D. Meeting some customers and competitors.
3. Which should not be shown during your interview?
A. Punctuality B. A firm hand shaking C. Being properly-dressed D. Weaknesses
4. You can show your qualifications in the
A. dressing style and punctuality B. competing with the competitors
C. resume and letter of application D. eye contact with the interview
5. Which is not included in the writer's advice?
A. You should not communicate with the interviewer after the interview.
B. You 'should make the best impression in the interview.
C. You should write a note to say thanks to the interviewer after the interview,
D. You should telephone the interviewer for any information after the interview.
Exercise 13:
Vietnam is a densely-populated, developing country that in the last 30 years has had to recover from the
ravages of war. Substantial progress was achieved from1986 to 1997 in moving forward from an extremely low
level of development and significantly reducing poverty.
Since 2001, Vietnamese authorities have reaffirmed their commitment to economic liberalization and international
integration. They have moved to implement the structural reforms needed to modernize the economy and to
produce more competitive, export-driven industries. .
Vietnam's membership in the ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) and entry into force of the US-Vietnam
Bilateral Trade Agreement in December 2001.have led to even more rapid changes in Vietnam's trade and
economic regime. Vietnam's exports to the US doubled in 2002 and again in 2003.
Vietnam joined the WTO (World Trade Organization) in January 2007, following over a decade long
negotiation process. This should provide ail important boost to the economy and should help to ensure the
continuation of liberalizing reforms.
Vietnam is working to create jobs to meet the challenge of a labor force that is growing by more than one
million people every year. Vietnamese authorities have tightened monetary and fiscal policies to stem high
inflation. Hanoi is targeting an economic growth rate of 7.5-8% during the next five years.
1. Vietnam's economy is _____________.
A. decreasing B. facing crisis C. developing D. backward
2. According to the text, Vietnam __________.
A. used to be well-developed before 1986 B. Vietnam is still in extreme poverty
C. could recover from the consequences of the war soon D. has been modernizing the economy
3. Vietnam __________.
A. does not export anything to the US B. exported to the US in 2003 twice as much goods as in 2002
C. did not export goods to the US in 2002 D. did not export goods to the US in 2003
4. The word This refers to ___________.
62
A. Vietnam's joining the WTO B. the WTO C. the negotiating process D. the Vietnamese economy
5. The word stem has a close meaning to ___________.
A. succeed B. stop C. originate D. increase
Exercise 14:
In 1986 Vietnam launched a political and economic innovation campaign (Doi Moi) that introduced reforms
intended to facilitate the transition from a centralized economy to a "socialist-oriented market economy." Doi Moi
combined government planning with free-market incentives. The program abolished agricultural collectives,
removed price controls on agricultural goods, and enabled farmers to sell their goods in the marketplace. It
encouraged the establishment of private businesses and foreign investment, including foreign-owned enterprises.
By the late 1990s, .the success of the business and agricultural reforms ushered in under Doi Moi was evident.
More than 30,000 private businesses had been created, and the economy was growing at an annual rate of more
than 7 percent. From the early 1990s to 2005, poverty declined from about 50 percent to 29 percent of the
population. However, progress varied geographically, with most prosperity concentrated in urban areas,
particularly in and around Ho Chi Minh City. In general, rural areas also made progress, as rural housel olds living
in poverty declined from 66 percent of the total in 1993to 36 percent in 2002. By contrast, concentrations of
poverty remained in certain rural areas, particularly the northwest, north-central coast, and central highlands.
Government control of the economy and a nonconvertible currency have protected Vietnam from what could have
been a more severe impact resulting from the East Asian financial crisis in 1997.
1. The Vietnamese Doi Moi campaign _______.
A. has not interfered with politics B. has focused on centralized economy.
C. is not in favour of socialism D. came into being in 1986
2. From the content of the text, the readers can learn that _______.
A. Vietnam used to have agricultural collectives
B. there used to be many foreign-owned enterprises before 1986 in Vietnam
C. before 1986, the Vietnamese government did not control prices on agricultural goods
D. The Vietnamese Doi Moi campaign has not allowed foreign-owned enterprises
3. Which rate has decreased?
A. Poverty B. Population C. Economy D. Business
4. The development in Vietnam _______.
A. has been equal in every part of the country B. has focused only on agriculture
C. is more prosperous in big cities than that in the countryside
D. is more prosperous in the countryside than that in big cities
5. According to the last paragraph, _______.
A. the Vietnamese government did nothing to overcome the East Asian financial crisis in 1997.
B. The Vietnamese economy was not affected by the East Asian financial crisis in 1997.
C. the Vietnamese government found it difficult to control the financial crisis.
D. the Vietnamese government could not protect the economy from the East Asian financial crisis in 1997.
Exercise 15:
In the future, maybe all cars that run on petrol will be replaced by solar cars, which have been around for a
while, but with recent developments in solar car design and the measurement of photovoltaic cells becoming
63
smaller, the dream of a truly efficient solar car is more reality than fantasy. A solar car is a vehicle powered by
photovoltaic cells, also called solar cells, which convert sunlight (light energy) into electrical energy. As a source
of energy on earth, there is nothing like the sun: in a mere one thousandth of one second (.001), the sun emits
enough energy to fulfill our planet's energy needs for the next 5,000 years. It is a staggering fact, and an exciting
one. Since the energy from the sun is responsible for renewable resources such as wind, tides, and heat, solar
energy seems to offer the brightest future for not only cars, but for the entire energy crisis. Despite the appearance
that solar energy may be the least feasible among the current crop of alternative fuel propositions, new solar
powered devices and more specifically solar powered cars are beginning to be developed. How do Solar. Cars
work?
The photo-voltaic cells absorb photons from sunlight. This action generates heat, which the cells then convert
into electrical energy and stores in an on-board battery. This process of conversion is called the photovoltaic effect.
Not surprisingly, such a vehicle has zero emissions, and is very environmentally friendly. Unfortunately, at the
moment photovoltaic cells are extremely inefficient, yet as time progresses the efficiency of these cells will grow.
This will make solar energy and solar cars the fuel and car of the future-a closer reality.
1. According to the text, _______.
A. up to now, we have designed some solar cars B. solar cars have been very .popular for many years
C. we have not produced any solar cars yet D. solar cars are not as much appreciated as other kinds of car
2. A solar car is supplied power from _______.
A. gas B. petrol C. photovoltaic cells D. electricity
3. Which can not help us to solve the problem of energy crisis?
A. wind B. tide C. the sun D. heat from the moon
4. According to the text, _______
A. no powered solar devices have been developed so far
B. besides solar car, we have also developed solar powered device
C. solar energy plans are more feasible than wind energy plans
D. tide can supply more energy than the sun
5. The photovoltaic effect is _______.
A. the process of operating a solar car B. the process of absorbing photons from the sun
C. the developing of solar cars and solar powered devices
D. the converting of heat from the sun into electricity
Exercise 16:
In the future, genetic engineering will allow us to create the perfect human. It will be hard to get used to.
Parents will order a baby who 'will grow up to become his new job because he is not quite prepared a genius or to
have a Miss World appearance. Also, genetic engineering will allow us to mix plants and animals.
As computers have advanced, they have helped us remember, calculate, organize, and clarify. So it will
become easier to deal with things, and much quicker. At a point in a future time, some may claim that computers
become about as smart as Newton or Einstein. More advanced computers will be able to be creative, respond to
feelings in a feeling way, develop intuition, recognize patterns, and suggest innovative alternatives. There is a
hope if we choose to take action. We can select Internet information wisely, choose healthy computer games, limit
our exposure to television commercials, and select television programs carefully. People will be aware of the
importance of keeping active, getting outside to do more physical activities. We will also plan to make a major
sacrifice the next time we buy a car, take the bus. Everybody will be more concerned about making
64
environmentally friendly choices, eating healthy, and helping build a healthier society by shopping at better stores
that sell better food.
Most people will be aware that a happy, loving family is a joy to be part of, and that it is a necessary
foundation for building a strong society. But it is extremely important for our future that we maintain a healthy
perspective. We need to value and appreciate the importance of what can be achieved by loving and committed
parents. People need a strong foundation, so it is vital for our society that we encourage parents to work at creating
love, joy, and happiness for their children in a .decent, stable, and productive atmosphere.
1. How many aspects of life in the future are referred in the text?
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
2. Which aspect is not referred in the text?
A. Education B. Genetic Engineering C. Computers D. Family
3. The phrase to have a Miss World appearance means that _______.
A. to become a Miss World B. to enter a beauty contest C. to be intelligent D. to be beautiful
4. According to the text, in the future, _______.
A. it will be difficult for us to select Internet information B. people will prefer taking a bus to buying a car
C. food will not be sold at shops
D. TV viewers will not be able to escape from seeing a lot of advertising.
5. The last paragraph is about _______.
A. family and parents' responsibility in the future B. children's education
C. children's health D. how to build a strong society
Exercise 17:
A desert is a hostile, potentially deadly environment for unprepared humans. In hot deserts, high temperatures
cause rapid loss of water due to sweating, and the absence of water sources with which to replenish it can result in
dehydration and death within a few days. In addition, unprotected humans are also at risk from heatstroke.
Humans may also have to adapt to sandstorms in some deserts, not just in their adverse effects on respiratory
systems and eyes, but also in their potentially harmful effects on equipment such as filters, vehicles and
communication equipment. Sandstorms can last for hours, sometimes even days.
Despite this, some cultures have made hot deserts 'their home for thousands of years, including the Bedouin,
Tuareg tribe, and Pueblo people. Modern technology, including advanced irrigation systems, desalinization and air
conditioning, has made deserts much more hospitable, In the United States and Israel for example, desert farming
has found extensive use.
In cold deserts, hypothermia and frostbite are the chief hazards, as well as dehydration in the absence of a
source of heat to melt ice for drinking. Falling through pack-ice or surface ice layers into freezing water is a
particular danger requiring emergency action to prevent rapid hypothermia. Starvation is also a hazard; in low
temperatures the body requires much more food energy to maintain body heat and to move. As with hot deserts,
some people such as the Inuit have adapted to the harsh conditions of cold deserts.
1. The text is about ________.
A. troubles that human beings have to face in a desert B. desert storms and desert inhabitants
C. hot deserts and cold deserts in the United States D. desert hospitality and environment
2. Which is not a problem for an unprepared man in a hot desert?
A. sandstorm B. loss of water C. irrigation D. heatstroke
3. Sandstorms ________.
65
A. do no harm to machinery B. have effects only on the eyes
C. never lasts more than one hour D. have bad effects on both human beings and machinery
4. Which sentence is true?
A. No one can survive in both hot and cold deserts. B. Modern technology makes deserts more hospitable.
C. In the United States, all deserts are quite uninhabited D. There are no deserts in Israel.
5. Which is not a problem in cold deserts?
A. Starvation B. Hypothermia C. Frostbite D. Body heat
Exercise 18:
Approximately one-third of the Earth's land surface is desert, arid land with meager rainfall that supports only
sparse vegetation and a limited population of people and animals. Deserts have been portrayed as fascinating
environments of adventure and exploration. These arid regions are called deserts because they are dry. They may
be hot. They may be cold. They may be regions of sand or vast areas of rocks with occasional plants.
Deserts are natural laboratories in which to study the interactions of wind and sometimes water on the arid
surfaces of planets. They contain valuable mineral deposits that were formed in the arid environment or that were
exposed by erosion. Because deserts are dry, they are ideal places for human artifacts and fossils to be preserved.
Deserts are also fragile environments. The misuse of these lands is a serious and growing problem in parts of our
world.
There are many animals in the desert. Some are very large, like the kangaroo or the gazelle. Both are big and
have to travel long distances for water at a spring, or an oasis. Another fairly large animal is the addax. The addax
is a desert antelope. They live in the Sahara Desert. All addaxes are herbivores. There are less than 200 of them
left because of hunting and tourists. Some animals crawl along. Examples of these are snakes and lizards. Snakes
rarely drink water; they get their moisture from other prey that they eat. So do others, like the kangaroo rat.
Lizards are commonly found in the desert. They stay out of the sun and move as little as possible. There are also
other animals in the desert. The fennec lives in northern Africa in the Sahara Desert. They are a relative of the fox.
They eat mice, small birds, lizards, and insects. When necessary, they will eat fruit. One more desert animal is the
jerboa. The jerboa is a small, long distance jumper that lives in the desert. They are free drinking animals and they
eat plants, seeds, and bugs.
1. Deserts ________.
A. are rare in the world B. are more arid more populous
C. are all hot all the time D. may be both hot and cold
2. The word They refers to ________.
A. deserts B. natural laboratories C. planets D. mineral deposits
3. Which is not true about deserts?
A. arid B. hot C. humid D. dry
4. According to the second paragraph, ________.
A. we should use desert land properly to avoid serious problems
B. we can exploit as much fossil as possible in deserts
C. there are no erosion in deserts
D. deserts are ideal places for growing land
5. The last paragraph expresses that ________.
A. none of animals can survive in deserts
B. hunting and tourists cause the decreasing of addaxes in the Sahara Desert.
66
C. snakes in deserts need more water than any other species
D. addaxes are the most populous species in deserts
Exercise 19:
Asian elephants used to live in the forests from Iraq to Southern China. Since these forests were cut down to
make room for farms and villages, the elephants had to live in small, hilly regions. These small areas cannot
supply enough food for them. An adult elephant eats about 331 pounds of grasses, leaves and other plants each
day. When forests were larger, Asian elephants migrated with the seasons. In this way, they found new food
supplies. The plants and trees could also grow again after elephants left.
Today, there is nowhere for the elephants to go. Experts say that the Asian elephant population is about 55,000
living on a habitat of about 19,000 square miles (30,400 square kilometres). In contrast to this, the African
elephant population is about 10 times this size and live on almost 3 million square miles (4.8 million square
kilometers) of available habitat.
1. How much does an adult elephant eat a day?
A. About 150 kg of grasses leaves and other plants. B. About 331 kg of grasses leaves and other plants.
C. About 19,000 kg of grasses leaves and other plants. D. About 30,400 kg of grasses leaves and other plants.
2. How can Asian elephants find new food supplies?
A. They made forests larger. B. They found other plants.
C. They migrated with the seasons. D. They could grow plants and trees.
3. How many African elephants are there today?
A. 19,000. B. 30,400. C. 55,000. D. 550,000.
4. Which of these sentences is true to the text?
A. Asian elephants’ habitat is bigger than Africans’. B. Asian elephants’ habitat is as big as Africans’.
C. Africans’ habitat is bigger than Asian’. D. Africans’ habitat isn’t so big as Asian’.
5. According to the text, Asian elephants can be extinct because of
A. hunting. B. loss of habitat. C. change of climate. D. polluted environment.
Exercise 20:
By the year 2025, the Earth could lose as many as one fifth of all species known to exist today. In recent
centuries, hundreds of species have disappeared, almost always as a result of human activities. The passenger
pigeon, one familiar example, was a source of food until excessive hunting and habitat loss caused its extinction in
1914. The North American bison, whose populations were decimated by settlers and market hunters in the 1800s,
came close to sharing the same fate. Bison survive today only because of the efforts of early conservationists.
Today, species require such efforts more urgently than ever. An essential task that falls to present-day
conservationists is to determine which species are most, endangered, so that conservation resources' can be applied
where action is needed most. Species are categorized by the degree to which their survival in the wild is
threatened. World Wildlife Fund offers a sampling of animals and plants that fall mainly within the two most
serious categories of- threat: critically endangered and endangered. What threatens these species' existence? Some
of the top threats are habitat destruction by unsustainable logging and ever-encroaching human settlement;
pollution of water, soil, and air by toxic chemicals; unnatural climate changes due to fossil fuel use; unmanaged
fishing that exhausts fish stocks; and illegal hunting to supply the demand for skins, hides, traditional medicines,
food, and tourist souvenirs. The list which conservationists presents only a fraction of the species at risk of
67
extinction today and does not include thousands of species whose status we do not yet know. Hundreds of species
without common names have been left out, which means that while many mammals are on this list, only a few
insects and mollusks are included.
Species listed here range from the largest animal on Earth, the blue whale, to the majestic tiger, to the humble
thick-shell pond snail. Large or small, beautiful or ugly, all species play a role in the complex circle of life. All of
us depend on the natural resources of our planet. Each time a species is lost, the complexity, natural balance, and
beauty of our world is diminished. And what threatens plants and animals ultimately threatens people as well.
1. According to the first paragraph _______.
A. species extinction is only caused by hunting
B. human beings protect wife life much more than they do harm to them
C. the main cause of species extinction is human activities
D. we can stop radically species extinction by 2025
2. The North American bison _______.
A. was completely extinct in 1800s B. was not the aim of human hunting
C. was raised by settlers in 1800s D. has escaped from extinction thanks to
conservationists
3. Species are categorized _______.
A. to prevent hunting B. to provide food
C. to destroy their habitats D. to give preferential right to conserve
4. Which sentence is true?
A. Medicine is not a factor to cause species extinction.
B. The list which conservationists present does not include all kinds of species.
C. Pollution does nothing to species extinction.
D. Conservationists have good knowledge of all kinds of mollusks.
5. According to the last paragraph, _______.
A. species extinction has no relationship to human beings
B. what threaten plants and animals can do nothing to human beings
C. human beings depend on natural resources to survive
D. not every, species has a role in the circle of life.
Exercise 21:
Thank you for becoming a member of Green Town Public Library. We hope that you will enjoy using our
facilities, but to ensure that your patrons receive the best service, we ask you to observe the following regulations:
 You are required to carry your library card to enter and to use the library.
 This card must be used only by the member to whom it is issued.
 For reasons of security, bags and other personal possessions should not be left unattended. The library has
no
 responsibility in case of damage to or theft of personal property.
 The use of cell phones in the library is prohibited. If you fail to observe this requirement you may be asked
to
 leave the library.
 Smoking is not allowed anywhere on the library premises. Please extinguish all cigarettes before entering,
and
 go outside if you wish to smoke.
68
 Books must be returned when requested if other patrons need them, or a fine must be paid.
 A fine of 20 cents per day is payable on books returned late. There is no maximum limit on late fines.
 If a library user loses a book, he or she must pay the costs of a new hardback edition.
1. Who would need to read this sign?
A. Librarians B. Parents with children
C. Library members D. People who want to get a new library card
’
2. Who may use a member s library card?
A. The member and his or her family B. The member and his or her friends
C. Only the member D. Anyone
’
3. What rule does the library have regarding people s bags inside the library?
A. All bags must be left at the desk B. Bags are not allowed
C. Only small bags are allowed D. People must watch their own bags
4. What is maximum fee for someone who returns their books late?
A. 20 cents B. There is no fee C. There is no maximum fee D. They must buy a new book
5. What must a library member do if he / she loses the book borrowed?
A. He/ she must pay the fees of 20 cents. B. A fine must be paid.
C. He or she must pay for new hardback edition. D. He must return to other patrons if needed.
6. What does it refer to?
A. The library member B. The library card C. The library rule D. The library service
Exercise 22:
It is often said that books are always a good friends and reading is an active mental process. Unlike TV, books
make you use your brain. By reading, you think more and become smarter. Reading improves concentration and
focus. Reading books takes brain power. It requires you to focus on what you are reading for long periods. Unlike
magazines, Internet posts or e-Mails that might contain small pieces of information. Books tell the whole story".
Since you must concentrate in order to read, you will get better at concentration. Many studies show if you do not
use your memory; you lose it. Reading helps you stretch your memory muscles. Reading requires remembering
details, facts and figures and in literature, plot lines, themes and characters.
Reading is a good way to improve your vocabulary. Do you remember that when you were at elementary
school you learned how to infer the meaning of one word by reading the context of the other words in the
sentence? While reading books, especially challenging ones, you will find yourself exposed to many new words.
Reading is a fundamental skill builder. Every good course has a matching book to go with it. Why? Because
books help clarify difficult subjects. Books provide information that goes deeper than just classroom discussions
By reading more books you become better informed and more of an expert on the topics you read about. This
expertise translates into higher self-esteem. Since you are so well-read, people look to you for answers. Your
feelings about yourself can only get better.
Books give you knowledge of other cultures and places. The more information you have got, the richer your
knowledge is. Books can expand your horizons by letting you see what other cities and countries have to offer
before you visit them.
1. Books have great influence on ________.
A. TV B. friendship C. brain D. muscles
2. When you are reading a book, ________.
A. you have to read small pieces of information B. you use your brain in concentration and focus
69
C. you have to read during a very long time D. you lose your memory
3. A challenging book ________.
A. helps you to improve your vocabulary B. is only for primary pupils
C. can translate all new words D. contains a lot of difficult vocabulary
4. Books ________.
A. are compulsory in every course B. are not needed in most of course
C. contain less information than class discussions D. make a sick patient feel better
5. Books cannot give you ________.
A. knowledge B. information C. self-esteem D. muscles
Exercise 23:
The word “Olympic” comes from the name of the town Olympia in Greece, where the ancient Olympic Games
were always held. The first Olympic Games were held in 776 B.C., and the Games took place every four years
after that date until A.D.394..
In 1875, a French scholar and educator, Pierre de Coubertin, proposed that the Games should be revived as an
international competition to encourage both sport and world peace. The first modern Olympic Games were held
in Athens in 1896. Like the ancient Games, the athletes were men only. Women began to take part in the Games
in 1900. Since that time, the Games have been held every four years as in the ancient Greece. The Games,
however, did not take place in 1916, 1940 and 1944 because of the two World Wars.
Only amateur athletes are admitted to the Games, and these words appear at every Olympic opening: “The most
important thing is not to win but to take part.”
1. At the first modern Olympic Games, the athletes were __________
A. women only C. men only B. both men and women D. most men and
a few women
2. Who can take part in the Olympic Games ?
A. Amateur athletes only C. All athlethes B. Proffesional athletes only D. All are correct
3. The last ancient Olympic Games were held in__________
A. 1896 B. 776 B.C. C. 1875 D. A.D. 394
4. When were women allowed to take part in the Games for the first time ?
A. In 1900 B. In 1916 C. In 1875 D. In 1896
5. Which of the following is NOT true ?
A. The town Olympia was the place where the first Games were held.
B. Pierre de Coubertin suggested reviving the Olympic Games.
C.The modern Olympic Games have been held every four years in Athens.
D. The purpose of The Olympic Games is to encourage not only sport but also world peace.
Exercise 24:
The 23rd Southeast Asian Games were held in the Philippines from November 27th to December 5th in 2005.
The games were participated by the eleven nations of Southeast Asia. This was the first time that the opening and
closing ceremonies were held in a large open field, despite the fact that Manila has many stadiums. The
organization decided to hold the games at an open space to accommodate the large number of participants and
spectators. As a result, the 2005 SEA Games ranked as having the largest audience - 200,000 people – during the
opening and closing ceremonies. These games were also noted for having the most number of delegates in the
history of the SEA Games. In the end, all participating countries received medals.
70
Events in men's football actually started on November 20th, prior to the opening ceremony. Water polo events
began on November 21st, women's football on November 23rd, sailing on November 26th, and tennis on
November 26th;
The first gold medal of the games was awarded to Singapore on November 25th when their water polo team
came out undefeated during the round-robin tournament round. The Philippine team took the silver medal in that
event, and Malaysia brought home the bronze.
The Games were also considered a valuable opportunity for athletes to gain competition experience and
preparation for the upcoming Asian Games and Olympic Games. It was purposely created to strengthen friendship,
solidarity and understanding among neighboring countries in the region.
This was the third SEA Games to be hosted by the Philippines. The last two times the Philippines hosted the
games were in 1981, and again in 1991.
There were 1,461 medals awarded, 444 of which were gold, 434 were silver, and 583 were bronze.
1. Up to now, the Philippines has hosted the SEA Games _______ times.
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
2. According to the first paragraph, _______.
A. the opening and closing ceremonies were hold in the stadiums of Manila
B. only four of eleven participating countries got medals
C. the 23rd SEA Games had been over by the end of November, 2005
D. the number of audience in the 23rd SEA Games was about 200,000 people
3. Which sport was first competed in the 23rd SEA Games?
A. Water polo B. Tennis C. Men's football D. Sailing
4. Which was not mentioned in the 23rd SEA Games?
A. Peace B. Friendship C. Solidarity D. Understanding
5. Which country got the first gold medal in the 23rd SEA Games?
A. Vietnam B. Singapore C. The Philippines D. Malaysia
Exercise 25:
The 22nd SEA Games, hosted this year by Vietnam, has joined the international movement to rid sports of
tobacco. For the first time, the regional sporting event will be tobacco-free under a landmark cooperative
agreement signed in April 2003 between the World Health Organization (WHO), the 22nd SEA Games Organizing
Committee and the Vietnamese Ministry of Health. Hanoi Health Department has organized a press seminar to
celebrate and raise awareness about the tobacco-free SEA Games.
The 22nd SEA Games is the first games hosted by Vietnam and 10 countries from the Southeast Asian region
with nearly 8,000 athletes and coaches will participate. It will be the first tobacco-free international sporting event
in Vietnam, joining other international tobacco-free sporting events such as the FIFA World Cup 2002, and the
Winter Olympic Games 2002.
The 22nd SEA Games will ban all sales, advertising and other promotion of tobacco products, and restricts
smoking in all Games venues. The aim is to protect spectators, athletes, event staff, media and other visitors from
the serious health hazards of second-hand tobacco smoke, as well as to change public attitudes about the social
acceptability of smoking.
Madame Pascale Brudon, WHO Representative in Vietnam, stated, "Vietnam has established 3 years ago a
comprehensive, ambitious national tobacco control policy and a national tobacco control program. The tobacco-
71
free 22nd SEA Games will be yet another area where Vietnam is leading the way for other countries in the region
and the world in protecting its citizens from the debilitating and disastrous consequences of tobacco use."
WHO has provided funding and technical assistance to the SEA Games Organizing Committee and
Vietnamese Ministry of Health to train of over 4,000 SEA Games organizers and volunteers on the implementation
of the tobacco-free policy. An international team of trainers from the Ministry of Health, International
Organization for Good Temper (lOGT), WHO and International Development Enterprises (IDE) began a series of
national training workshops for volunteers in April, 2003.
The tobacco-free SEA Games are an inspiration and a model for other sport events, big and small, not only in
Vietnam but also in the Southeast Asian and Western Pacific Region.
1. In the 22nd SEA Games _______.
A. there will be the attendance of athletes from the World Health Organization
B. smoking is not allowed
C. smoking is only for the leader, not any athletes D. is held by the Vietnamese Ministry of Health
2. According to the text, _______.
A. Vietnam has ever organized several tobacco-free sport events before the 22nd SEA Games
B. the tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam has not been approved by any world organizations
C. the tobacco-free SEA Games is not announced to newspapers and magazines
D. the tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam has been encouraged and supported by many world organizations
3. According to the third paragraph, _______.
A. tobacco companies can have an advertising campaign during the SEA Games
B. second-hand tobacco smoke cannot cause any harm to the athletes in the 22nd SEA Games
C. cigarettes are not allowed to sell in the 22nd SEA Games venues
D. everyone can buy cigarettes in the 22nd SEA Games venues except the athletes
4. One of the aims of the tobacco-free SEA Games is
A. to sell more and more tobacco during the event
B. to change public attitudes about the social acceptability of smoking
C. to reduce the production of tobacco
D. to help athletes to solve the problems of the serious health hazards
A. Vietnam itself has to pay a lot for the volunteers on the implementation of the tobacco-free policy.
B. The tobacco-free SEA Games in Vietnam get great support from several world organizations
C. The tobacco-free SEA Games is considered a model for other sport events.
D. There are national training workshops for volunteers in April, 2003 for the tobacco-free SEA Games.
Exercise 26:
On Monday, May 12, 2008 a violent earthquake, measuring 8.0 on the Richter scale, happened in
southwestern China's Sichuan Province. Hundreds of aftershocks followed in the area. The earthquake destroyed
thousands buildings, roads, schools and hospitals, as well as infrastructure like communication networks and
electrical towers. Thousands of people died or are missing, and more than 45 million people were affected by the
earthquake, which has been the worst natural disaster to hit China for 30 years.
The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to support the relief and recovery efforts of the Red
Cross Society of China. These funds will be used to assist survivors through the purchase and distribution of relief
supplies, coordination of logistics and transportation of disaster workers to the hardest hit areas. The American
72
Red Cross has also sent relief experts to the affected area to help monitor and coordinate the response efforts. On
June 6, the American Red Cross co-hosted a forum to address the U.S. response and recovery efforts following the
earthquake. More than 30 representatives from humanitarian organizations, the business companies and the
government participated in the event.
More than 35,000 staff and volunteers with the Red Cross Society of China responded to the disaster by
distributing food, water, tents and other essential items. The International Federation of Red Cross and Red
Crescent Societies are providing 100,000 tents to help those in need.
The Red Cross Society of China is a very strong organization with extensive experience responding to
disasters. The American Red Cross has long history of working with the Red Cross Society of China, going to
back to famines in 1906 and including severe storms earlier this year. There has been a close contact between the
Red Cross Society of China and the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies, arid they
have been ready to provide additional support such as disaster workers, relief supplies or financial assistance.
Concerned family and friends in the United States may have difficulty contacting their loved ones because
telecommunication has been out of work by this disaster. If they are trying to reach relatives living in China or
those who are citizens of China, the American Red Cross suggests them keep calling or try contacting other family
members who live nearby.
1. The earthquake on May 12, 2008 in China _______.
A. left no aftershocks B. destroyed everything except communication networks
C. caused no human loss D. had effects on more than 45 million people
2. According to the second paragraph, _______.
A. the American Red Cross helped the Red Cross Society of China to recover from the earthquake
B. the American Red Cross owed the Red Cross Society of China $20 million
C. the victims of the earthquake were not helped to buy necessary things
D. disaster workers were not sent to the hardest hit areas because of the aftershocks
A. There are more than 30 representatives from humanitarian organizations, the business companies and the
government in the US helping the Chinese earthquake victims.
B. The American government did not do anything to help the earthquake victims in China.
C. The American Red Cross has contributed $20 million to help the earthquake victims in China.
D. The American Red Cross has also sent relief experts to help the earthquake victims in China.
4. Which is not mentioned about the Red Cross Society of China?
A. It is a strong organization.
B. It gets on well with the American Red Cross.
C. It supplied the earthquake victims a lot of things except tents.
D. It has extensive experience responding to disasters.
5. After the earthquakes _______.
A. it has been difficult to contact with the resident in the ,attacked area
B. the American Red Cross advised people not to keep contact with the victims
C. contacting with the victims was not a problem
D. everything has been in order soon
Exercise 27:
73
The World Health Organization (WHO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations that acts as a
coordinating authority on international public health. Established on 7 April, 1948, and headquartered in Geneva,
Switzerland, the agency inherited the mandate and resources of its predecessor, the Health Organization.
The WHO's constitution, states that its objective is "the attainment by all peoples of the highest possible level
of health." Its major task is to combat diseases, especially key infectious diseases, and to promote the general
health of the people of the world. The WHO also sponsors programs to prevent and treat serious epidemics such as
SARS, malaria, and AIDS. The WHO supports the development and distribution of safe and effective vaccines,
pharmaceutical diagnostics, and drugs. After over 2 decades of fighting smallpox, the WHO declared in 1980 that
the disease had been eradicated - the first disease in history to be eliminated by human effort.
The WHO is nearing success in developing vaccines against malaria and aims to eradicate polio within the
next few years. The organization has already endorsed the world's first official HIV/AIDS Tool kit for Zimbabwe
making it an international standard. In addition to its work in eradicating disease, the WHO also carries out
various health-related campaigns, for example, to boost the consumption of fruits and vegetables worldwide and to
discourage tobacco use.
Experts met at the WHO headquarters in Geneva in February, 2007, and reported that their work on pandemic
influenza vaccine development had achieved encouraging progress. More than 40 clinic trials have been
completed or are ongoing. Most have focused on healthy adults. Some companies, after completing safety
analyses in adults, have initiated clinical trials in the elderly and in children. All vaccines so far appear to be safe
arid well-tolerated in all age groups tested.
1. The World Health Organization (WHO) _______.
A. works on international public health B. has no relation to the United Nations
C. only takes care of Swiss people D. has no predecessor
2. Which is not mentioned in the second paragraph 'as the tasks of the World Health Organization?
A. to promote the general health of everyone in the world
B. to support pharmaceutical diagnostics, and drugs
C. To combat diseases
D. To supply food for patients.
3. According to the text, which disease has been eradicated?
A. Malaria B. AIDS C. SARS D. Smallpox
4. According to the third paragraph, the World Health Organization ______.
A. has not developed vaccines against malaria yet B. is trying to eradicate polio
C. is not concerned about polio D. also carries out various health-related campaigns
5. Influenza vaccine _______.
A. has only been used for adults B. cannot be used for children
C. has appeared to be safe in all age groups tested D. causes bad effects on children and elderly people
Exercise 28:
Today, more and more women are actively participating in social activities both in urban and rural areas.
Specifically, they have shined brightly in even many fields commonly regarded as the man's areas such as
business, scientific research and social management. In some areas, women even show more overwhelming power
than men. The image of contemporary Vietnamese women with creativeness, dynamism, success has become
popular in Vietnam's society. The fact reveals that the gender gap has been remarkably narrowed and women enjoy
many more opportunities to pursue their social careers and obtain success, contributing to national socio-economic
74
development. According to Ms, Le Thi Quy, Director of the Gender/and Development Research Centre under the
University of Social Sciences and Humanities, Hanoi National University, gender equity in Vietnam has reached a
high level over the past decade. The rate of Vietnamese women becoming National Assembly members from the
9th term to the 11th term increased 8.7%, bringing the proportion of Vietnamese women in authority to 27.3%, the
highest rate in Southeast Asia. There is no big gap in the level of literacy and schooling between men and women.
Women account for about 37% of university and college graduates, 19.9% of doctoral degree holders and 6.7% of
professors and associate professors.
The legitimate rights of women and children are ensured more than ever before with more complete legal
documents including laws, conventions and national action plans, among which the laws on "gender equity" mark
a turning-point in the empowerment of women.
Mass media also highlights the continued success of women in every field and honors their great importance
in modern society, helping to do away with outdated perceptions about traditional women's duties. Many projects
on reproductive health care, children protection, and family income improvement jointly conducted by various
mass organizations, state agencies and non-governmental organizations have created favorable conditions for
women to become involved.
1. The text is about ________.
A. the changes in the status of Vietnamese women B. the Vietnamese women's liberation
C. the Vietnamese sex Discrimination D. the discrimination that Vietnamese women have to face
2. Which adjective is not used to describe Vietnamese women?
A. successful B. creative C. narrow D. dynamic
3. According to the data in the text, ________.
A. Vietnamese women do not take part in authority
B. the level of literacy and schooling between men and women in Vietnam is the same
C. there are more women in authority in Vietnam than those in any other countries in Southeast Asia .
D. there are no female professors in Vietnam
4. Vietnamese women ________.
A. have few opportunities to develop their intellectual ability
B. have only shined brightly in doing housework C. cannot do any scientific research
D. are ensured their rights with laws, conventions and national action plans
5. Which is not mentioned in the text as a project to create condition for Vietnamese women?
A. Traditional women's duties B. Reproductive health care
C. Children protection D. Family income improvement
Exercise 29:
It has been thought that women are the second class in citizen, and men are the first. There is not a real
equality of opportunity for men and women. Years ago, people were living in a man-dominated society. Women
had to obey their husbands and fathers absolutely. Women's place was in the kitchen and women's work was
housework. In many places, women were not even' allowed to go to school. Women had no rights, even the right
to choose husband for themselves. Men usually occupied high positions in society so they thought they were more
intelligent than women. Men often considered women as their property. Sometimes, they were mistreated by their
husbands and suffered the problem as a fate. Many parents did not even want to daughters.
Despite the progress, there remain outdated beliefs about women's roles, traditionally passed down from
generation to generation. Men are commonly seen as the strong bodies, bread-winners in the family and key
75
leaders in society, while women are restricted to being housewives and child bearing and care, and housework
such as washing and cooking.
According to social surveys, many women in the 21st century still have to work over 12 hours a day including
working in offices and doing countless household chores without any help from their husbands. In some regions,
the labor of women is not recognized despite the hardships they endure to support the whole family. Moreover,
women are the direct victims of family violence, especially in rural areas.
Thanks to the women's liberation movement, nowadays women have proved that they are equal to men in
every aspect. An average woman has weaker muscles than an average man but she may be as intelligent as he is.
Women can do everything that men can, and women can do one thing that no man can: they produce children.
1. Which is not women's role in the former days?
A. Working in authority B. Doing Housework C. Doing cooking D. Bearing and rearing children
2. Years ago, women are pot allowed ________.
A. to work in the kitchen B. to go to school C. to do housework D. to stay at home with their parents
3. What did women have to suffer?
A. Good schooling B. Choosing a husband themselves C. Enjoy their housework D. Illiteracy
4. The outdated 'beliefs about women's roles ________.
A. have been eradicated completely B. disappeared soon after the women's liberation movement
C. still exist at present . D. was forced to change after the women's liberation movement
st
5. According to the text, women in the 21 century ________.
A. do not have to do housework any more
B. are still the victims of family violence in some rural areas
C. get help from their husbands with all housework
D. spend less than 12 hours working outside the home and doing housework
Exercise 30:
On 8 August 1967, five leaders - the Foreign Ministers of Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and
Thailand- sat down together in the main hall of the Department of Foreign Affairs building in Bangkok, Thailand
and signed a document. By virtue of that document, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was
born. The five Foreign Ministers who signed it have been considered as the founders of probably the most
successful intergovernmental organization in the developing world today. The document that they signed would be
known as the ASEAN Declaration.
It is a short, simply-worded document containing just five articles. It declares the establishment of an
Association for Regional Cooperation among the Countries of Southeast Asia to be known as the Association of
Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and spells out the aims and purposes of that Association. These aims and
purposes are about the cooperation in economy, society, culture, techniques, education and other fields, and in the
promotion of regional peace and stability through abiding respect for justice and the principles of the United
Nations Charter. It stipulates that the Association will be open for participation by all States in the Southeast Asian
region subscribing to its aims, principles and purposes. It proclaims ASEAN as representing the collective will of
the nations of Southeast Asia to bind themselves together in friendship and cooperation and, through joint efforts
and sacrifices, secure for their peoples and for posterity the blessings of peace, freedom and prosperity. The goal
of ASEAN, then, is to create, not to destroy.
The original ASEAN logo presented five brown sheaves of rice stalks, one for each founding member.
Beneath the sheaves is the legend "ASEAN" in blue. These are set on a field of yellow encircled by a blue border.
76
Brown stands for strength and stability, yellow for prosperity and blue for the spirit of cordiality in which ASEAN
affairs are conducted. When ASEAN celebrated its 30th Anniversary in 1997, the sheaves on the logo had increased
to ten -representing all ten countries of Southeast Asia and reflecting the colors of the flags of all of them. In a
very real sense, ASEAN and Southeast Asia will be one and the same, just as the founders had envisioned.
1. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations ________.
A. consists of some Western nations B. was established by the Philippines
C. was founded on 8 August 1967
D. was established by the Minister of the Department of Foreign Affairs of Thailand
2. The pronoun it in the first paragraph refers to ________.
A. the Association of Southeast Asian Nations B. the most successful inter-governmental organization
C. Bangkok D. the ASEAN Declaration
3. Which adjective can be used to describe the Association of Southeast Asian Nations?
A. successful B. illegal C. nongovernmental D. developing
4. Which does not belong to the purpose and aim of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations?
A. friendship B. destruction C. creation D. cooperation
5. Up to 1997 how many countries there have been in ASEAN?
A. 5 B. 6 C. 8 D. 10
Exercise31:
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was established on 8 August 1967 in Bangkok by the
five original Member Countries, namely, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand. Brunei joined
on 8 January 1984, Vietnam on 28 July 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar on 23 July 1997, and Cambodia on 30 April
1999. The ASEAN Declaration states that the aims and purposes of the Association are: to accelerate economic
growth, social progress and cultural development in the region and to promote regional peace and stability through
abiding respect for justice and the rule of law in the relationship among countries in the region and adherence to
the principles of the United Nations Charter.
In 2003, the ASEAN Leaders resolved that an ASEAN Community shall be established comprising three
pillars, namely, ASEAN Security Community, ASEAN Economic Community and ASEAN Socio-Cultural
Community.
The ASEAN Vision 2020, adopted by the ASEAN Leaders on the 30th Anniversary of ASEAN, agreed on a
shared vision of ASEAN as a concert of Southeast Asian nations, outward looking, living in peace, stability and
prosperity, bonded together in partnership in dynamic development and in a community of caring societies.
ASEAN Member Countries have adopted the following fundamental principles in their relations with one
another, as contained in the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia (TAC):
 mutual respect for the independence, sovereignty, equality, territorial integrity, and national identity of all
nations;
 the right of every State to lead its national existence free from external interference, subversion or coercion;
 non-interference in the internal affairs of one another;
 settlement of differences or disputes by peaceful manner;
 renunciation of the threat or use of force; and
 effective cooperation among themselves.
1. According to the text, which nation is the last member to join The Association of Southeast Asian Nations up
to now.
A. Vietnam B. The Philippines C. Brunei D. Cambodia
2. The ASEAN Declaration is about _______.
77
A. the cultures of all the members of the organization B. the development of all countries all over the world
C. the aims and purposes of the organization D. the laws of the members of the organization
3. The third paragraph is about _______.
A. living in peace, stability and prosperity C. The ASEAN Vision 2020
B. the 30th Anniversary of ASEAN D. the ASEAN Leaders
4. The Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia _______.
A. is not accepted by ASEAN Member Countries
B. consists of fundamental principles in the relations of ASEAN Member Countries
C. is disapproved by ASEAN Member Countries D. has two principles
5. Which principle does not belong to the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia?
A. interference in the internal affairs of member countries B. effective cooperation
C. mutual respect D. peaceful manner
II. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Exercise 1:
On December 10, 2006, I was going through some hard time. The landlady did not want to release the house
any more so I had to (1) _____ and only had one month to find a place. Because Christmas was coming and it was
difficult for me to (2) _____ a suitable accommodation. I had only some money (3) _____. I could not buy a
Christmas tree and some presents for my three boys, (4) _____ I had to use the money to find a place to live.
Tome, it broke my heart as I could not prepare the Christmas for my three boys. I have been their only parent since
my husband (5) _____ away two years ago. I was so sad and everything was getting on my nerves. Although I
managed to solve the problem myself I could not help (6) _____ my sons about the things. When I suddenly woke
up at midnight, I found my eldest son was sitting (7) _____me. He kissed me and said, "Don't worry, Mum. We
love you very much and always stand by you (8) ____ happens." At the moment I started weeping, grabbed him
and kissed him. His words and love made me (9) _____ all about what I was stressing about.
In fact ever since that moment, I have realized that I can overcome any problems thanks to my sons' love. The
most important thing of my life is that my boys are safe and healthy, and they bring me joy all the time. The
memory (10) _____ me that nothing really matters, when I have the love of my children.
1. A. transfer B. convert C. move D. change
2. A. notice B. watch C. find D. see
3. A. leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
4. A. because B. although C. as though D. if
5. A. passes B. passed C. has passed D. was passing
6. A. tell B. to tell C. told D. telling
7. A. by B. next C. over D. up
8. A. whenever B. whatever C. whoever D. however
9. A. forget B. to forget C. forgot D. forgetting
10. A. remembers B. minds C. reminds D. misses
Exercise 2:
78
Most Americans eat three meals (1) ______ the day: breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Breakfast begins between
7:00 and 8:00am, lunch between 11:00 am and noon, and dinner between 6:00 and 8:00 pm. On Sundays "brunch"
is a (2) ______ of breakfast and lunch, typically beginning at 11:00 am. Students often enjoy a "study break" or
evening snack around 10:00 or 11:00 pm. Breakfast and lunch tend to be light meals, with only one (3) ______.
Dinner is the main meal.
(4) ______ breakfast Americans will eat cereal with milk which are often mixed (5) ______ in a bowl, a glass
of orange juice, and toasted bread or muffin with jam, butter, or margarine. Another common breakfast meal is
scrambled eggs or (6) ______ omelet with potatoes and breakfast meat (bacon or sausage). People who are on (7)
______ eat just a cup of yogurt. Lunch and dinner are more (8) ______. When eating at a formal dinner, you may
be overwhelmed by the number of utensils. How do you (9) ______ the difference between a salad fork, a butter
fork, and a dessert fork? Most Americans do not know the answer (10) ______ But knowing which fork or spoon
to use first is simple: use the outermost utensils first and the utensils closest to the plate last.
1. A. in B. for C. on D. during
2. A. addition B. connection C. combination D. attachment
3. A. course B. food C. menu D. goods
4. A. For B. In C. At D. With
5. A. each other B. together C. one another D. others
6. A. a B. an C. the D. no article
7. A. holiday B. engagement C. diet D. duty
8. A. vary B. variety C. varied D. variously
9. A. say B. talk C. speak D. tell
10. A. too B. either C. so D. neither
Exercise 3:
In Korea, in former days the marriage between a man and woman represented the joining of two families,
rather (1) ______ the joining of two individuals. The event (2) ______ Taerye (Great Ritual), and people from all
over the village or neighborhood participated. The ceremonies and events surrounding the actual marriage were
long and (3) ______. Professional matchmakers paired up likely candidates for marriage, with the new couple
often meeting for the first time at their wedding! The families considered many factors in the decision, consulting
with fortune tellers for (4) ______ about the couple's future life together. During the Chosun period, people
married (5) ______ their early teens, with the girl often being several years older than the boy.
The groom usually traveled to the house of the bride for the ceremony, then stayed there for three days (6) ______
taking his new bride to his family's home. The actual ceremony involved many small rituals, with many bows and
symbolic gestures. The (7) ______ were expected to control their emotions and remain somber.
(8) ______ Koreans have kept several aspects of the traditional ceremony, most modern ceremonies resemble
Western marriage ceremonies more than (9) ______ Korean ones. However, many folk villages and museums
across the country regularly perform ceremonies to (10) ______ the traditions alive.
1. A. as B. more C. than D. more than
2 A. is often called B. often called C. was often called D. has often called
3. A. elaborate B. elaborately C. elaboration D. elaborateness
4. A. predictions b. attentions C. situations D. evaluations
5. A. for B. in C. on D. from
6. A. soon B. ago C. before D. then
79
7. a. examiners B. competitors C. contests D. participants
8. A. As B. Although C. As though D. If only
9. A. traditional B. old C. ancient D. antique
10. A. catch B. hold C. grip D. keep
Exercise 4:
In the western customs (1) _____ hands is the customary form of greeting, but in China a nod of the head or
(2) _____ bow is sufficient. Hugging and kissing when greeting are uncommon. Business cards are often (3)
_____ and yours should be printed in your own language and in Chinese. Also, it is more respectful to present
your card or a gift or -any other article using (4) _____ hands. The Chinese are (5) _____ applauders. You may be
greeted with group clapping, even by small children. When a person is applauded in this practice it is the custom
for that person to return the applause or a "thank you." When walking in public places, direct eye (6) _____ .and
staring is uncommon in the larger cities, especially in those areas accustomed to foreign visitors. (7) _____, in
smaller communities, visitors may be the subject of much curiosity and therefore you may notice some stares. (8)
_____ speaking, the Chinese are not a touch-oriented society, especially true for visitors. So, avoid (9) _____ or
any prolonged form of body contact. Public displays of affection are very rare. On the other hand, you may note
people of the same sex walking hand-in-hand, which is simply a gesture of friendship. Do not worry about a bit of
pushing and shoving in stores or when groups board public buses or trains. In this case, (10) _____ are neither
offered or expected. The Chinese will stand much closer than Westerners.
1. A. taking B. shaking C. grasping D. hugging
2. A. small B. bit C. slight D. light
3. A. exchanged B. changed C. transferred D. converted
4. A. pair B. couple C. double D. both
5. A. enthusiast B. enthusiastic C. enthusiasm D. enthusiastically
6. A. contact B. look C. stare D. watch
7. A. Moreover B. Furthermore C. However D. Whatever
8. A. Generally B. Successfully C. Fortunately D. Expectedly
9. A. touch B. to touch C. touched D. touching
10. A. Contacts B. Apologies C. Gestures D. Saying goodbye
Exercise 5:
A tiny village school is soon to celebrate its 110 birthday - against all expectations. Five years ago it
seemed certain to close but parents and other villagers fought the local education authority and raised
funds to keep it (1) ____________. It is now ending its first term as a school (2) ____________by the
village community and the villagers are just proud of their achievement.
They were furious when education chiefs tried to make them send the village children to other schools
further away because the number of pupils at the village school was too (3)__________. The villagers
started a huge campaign to (4) ____________money. They collected enough to hire a teacher and begin to
help with school cleaning, lunch supervision and lessons. Now the school is doing well and it seems (5)
___________it will continue to run in the future.
1. A. open B. opened C. to open D. for opening
2. A. run B. running C. has run D. to run
80
3. A. little B. less C. few D. small
4. A. rise B. raise C. pay D. deal
5. A. in case B. even though C. as if D. if only
81
Exercise 6:
Children in (1) _____ Netherlands must be at least four years old to (2) _____ primary education. Almost all 4-
year-olds (99.3%) in the country indeed attend primary school, (3) _____ this is not compulsory until children
reach the age (4) _____ 5. Primary school is free of charge. In most schools, children are grouped by (5) _____ in
mixed ability classes, with one teacher for all subjects. Primary school (6) _____ of 8 groups, thus schooling (7)
_____ for 8 years. During the first two years, which (8) _____ kindergarten, children receive an average of 22
hours of (9) _____, during the last 6 years children receive an average of 25 hours per week. Schools are open 5
days a week, but children are free on Wednesday afternoon. At the end of primary school, or in group 8, schools
advice on secondary school choice. Most schools use a national test to support this advice, for instance the
'Citotoets’, a test (10) ____ by the Central Institute for Test development.
1. A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
2. A. afford B. Enter C. Come D. Run
3. A. Although B. despite C. in spite D. due to
4. A. of B. on C. in D. for
5. A. old B. elderly C. aging D. age
6. A. includes B. contains C. consists D. composes
7. A. spends B. lasts C. lengthens D. takes
8. A. also called B. is also called C. is called also D. is also calling
9. A. educate B. educative C. educator D. education
10. A. develop B. to develop C. developed D. developing
Exercise 7:
The University of Oxford, informally called "Oxford University", or simply

"Oxford", (1) ______ in the city of Oxford, in England, is 2) ______ oldest university in the English-speaking
world. It is also considered as one of the world's leading (3) ______ institutions. The university traces, its roots
back to at least the end of the 11th century, (4) ______ the exact date of foundation remains unclear. Academically,
Oxford is consistently ranked in the world's top ten universities. The University is also open (5) ______ overseas
students, primarily from American universities, who may (6) _____ in study abroad programs during the summer
months for more than a century, it has served as the home of the Rhodes Scholarship, (7) ______ brings highly
accomplished students from a number of countries to study at Oxford as (8) ______ The University of Oxford is
also a place where many talented leaders from all over the world used to study. Twenty-five British Prime
Ministers attended Oxford, including Margaret Thatcher and Tony Blair. At (9) ______ 25 other international
leaders have been educated at Oxford, and this number includes King Harald V of Norway and King Abdullah II
of Jordan. Bill Clinton is the first American President to attend Oxford. Forty-seven Nobel (10) __ winners have
studied or taught at Oxford.
1. A. put B. placed C. located D. stood
3. A. learning B. academic C. graduating D. scholar
4. A. although B. because C. since D. if
82
5. A. to B. for C. from D. up
6. A. write B. name C. enroll D. require
7. A. that B. where C. whose D. which
8. A. postgraduates B. postgraduated C. postgraduation D. postgraduating
9. A. last B. least C. late D. lately
10. A. present B. gift C. medal D. prize
Exercise 8:
Since China adopted its open-door (1) _____ approximately twenty-five years ago, Chinese higher education
has begun once again to draw closer to the (2) _____ Western world. China's (3) _____ to send scholars and
students to the United States at the end of the 1970s, after thirty years of hostility between the two countries,
marked a dramatic turning (4) _____ in the nation's educational history. Today, about 50,000 Chinese students, are
studying in the United States, accounting (5) _____ 10 percent of the total international students in the country.
More and (6) _____ Chinese students have gone to other countries to study. According to statistics from the United
Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), China (7) _____ more students than any
other country to study abroad. In the other direction, many students from the United States and (8) _____ are
going to China to study language, culture, history, traditional Chinese medicine, science, engineering, and other
(9) ______. The increasing number of international students worldwide demonstrates a relatively quick change in
the (10) _____ of global education.
1. A. way B. law C. rule D. policy
2. A. progress B. advanced C. head D. reach
3. A. decide B. decisive C. decision D. decider
4. A. point B. spot C. top D. stain
5. A. for B. to C. up D. over
6. A. as B. more C. than D. much
7. A. regards B. mails C. posts D. sends
8. A. elsewhere B. wherever C. where D. whereas
9. A. matters B. things C. fields D. items
10. A. interfere B. integration C. exchange D. mixture
Exerciser 9:
What do you do well? What do you enjoy doing? Your answers to these two questions will help you identify
your (1) _____. An employer will consider you seriously for a (2) when you can show them that you know who
you are, what you can offer and which you have studied. Sometimes it is difficult to know what your weaknesses
are. Clearly not everyone is equally good (3) _____ everything. You may need to improve yourself and so (4)
_____ courses in that field could turn a weakness into strength.
You will need to (5) _____ some time on your self-assessment. Your honesty and the desire for self-
improvement will lead to (6) _____ in getting the right job. Explore the following seven areas to start to get to
know yourself: your aptitude, your skills, your personality, the level of responsibility you feel comfortable with,
your interests and your needs.
83
Ask (7) _____ if you have any special talents and if you need to consider your physical health when choosing
a job. Be as honest and realistic as you can, and ask for other people's (8) _____ if necessary. Make a list of these
things. It is usually a good idea to talk about your aptitudes with teachers, family and friends;
If you are considering a career that (9) _____ a special talent, such as art, acrobatics, mathematics or music,
discuss your aptitudes with (10) _____ expert in that area and discover how they fit the needs of the occupation.
1. A. strong B. strength C. strengthen D. strengthened
2. A. position B. location C. spot D. room
3. A. upon B. in C. at D. for
4. A. meeting B. taking C. choosing D. interviewing
5. A. use B. make C. lose D. spend
6. A. success B. successful C. successfully D. succeed
7. A. you B. your C. yours D. yourself
8. A. interests B. fields C. opinions D. attendances
9. A. requires B. asks C. tells D. urges
Exercise 10:
The interview is one of the most important (1) _____ in the job search process. When an employer invites you
to an interview, he/she is indicating an (2) _____ in yourself. The interview gives both of you the opportunity to
(3) _____ enough information to determine if you are a good "fit" for each other. Think of an interview as a highly
focused professional conversation. You should (4) _____ the limited amount of time you have learning about the
employer's needs and discuss the ways you can meet these needs. In many cases, you will interview at least, twice
before being employed for a (5) _____. Once in a brief screening interview and at least once again in a (6) _____
serious meeting when you may also talk to many of your potential coworkers.
A job interview is a strategic conversation with a purpose. Your goal is to show the employer that you have the (7)
_____, background, and ability to do the job and that you can successfully fit into the organization. The interview
is also your (8) _____ to gather information about the job, the organization, and future career opportunities to
figure out if the position and work environment are (9) _____ for you. Most employers do not hire people based
on certificates or diplomas alone. Personality, (10) ______, enthusiasm, a positive outlook, and excellent
interpersonal and communication skills count heavily in the selection process.
1. A. parts B. roles C. fields D. facts
2. A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. interestingly
3. A. fill B. change C. exchange D. translate
4. A. make B. spend C. post D. apply
5. A. condition B. location C. satisfaction D. position
6. A. most B. mostly C. more D. more than
7. A. skills B. aspects C. appearances D. weaknesses
8. A. fates B. feasts C. lucks D. opportunities
9. A. fit B. right C. accurate D. exact
10. A. confide B. confidence C. confident D. confidently
Exercise 11:
84
Vietnam is considered a third world country, its people live (1) _____ poverty by the millions. After the (2) _____,
Vietnam's economy remained dominated by small-scale production, low labor productivity, (3) _____, material
and technological shortfalls, and insufficient food and (4) _____ goods. The Doi Moi reforms that were instated in
1986 have shed new light and added new features to the Vietnamese economy. (5) ____ Vietnamese Communist
Party plays a leading role in establishing the foundations and principles of communism, mapping strategies for
economic development, setting growth targets, and (6) _____ reforms. Doi Moi combined government planning
with free-market incentives and (7) _____ the establishment of private businesses and foreign investment,
including foreign-owned enterprises. By the late 1990s, the success of the business and agricultural reforms
ushered in under Doi Moi was evident. (8) _____ than 30,000 private businesses had been created, and the
economy was growing at an annual (9) _____ of more than 7 percent. Farming systems research and the
international development projects are a source of new hope for the people of Vietnam. If these recent projects are
successful and Doi Moi continues on its current path the Vietnamese people may (10) _____ a new standard of
living. More reforms like Doi Moi need to take place in order to create a more stable Vietnamese future.
1. A. for B. in C. on D. of
2. A. liberate B. liberation C. liberator D. liberal
3. A. application B. salary C. profession D. unemployment
4. A. consumer B. producer C. spender D. manufacturer
5. A. A B. An C. The D. Ø
6. A. launching B. flying C. sending D. raising
7. A. found B. promised C. required D. encouraged
8. A. Much B. More C. As D. As more
9. A. rate B. level C. standard D. step
10. A. come B. approach C. reach D. arrive
Exercise 12:
Vietnam's economy expanded this year (2007) at the fastest pace since 1996, led by manufacturing and services,
after the country (1) _____ the World Trade Organization.
Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 8.5 percent. Foreign direct (2) ____ jumped to more than $20 billion this
year, from $12 billion in 2006. The government is quite (3) _____ to its economic reforms. Industry and
construction account (4) _____ almost 42 percent of Vietnam's GDP. Manufacturing grew 12.8 percent,
construction increased 12 percent, and the hotel and restaurant (5) _____ expanded 12.7 percent, according to
today's release.
Going forward, Vietnam has a lot of (6) _____ for tourism, which expects Vietnam's economy to expand 8.5
percent in 2008. Vietnam's January (7) _____ to the World Trade Organization released it (8) _____, U.S. quotas
on textile exports and detailed market access to be given to overseas companies, helping economic (9) _____. The
government is targeting economic expansion of about 9 percent next year. Vietnam is an economy with much
development potential and (10) _____ attractive destination for international investors.
1. A. struggled B. organized C. held D. joined
2. A. invest B. investable C. investment D. investor
3. A. committed B. excited C. called D. encouraged
4. A. over B. for C. at D. in
5. A. role B. region C. sector D. section
6. A. potential B. private C. stagnancy D. exports
7. A. walk A. path C. way D. accession
85
8. A. in B. at C. for D. from
9. A. grow B. growth C. grew D. grown
Exercise 13:
Economic issues have occupied people's minds throughout the ages. Aristotle and Plato in ancient Greece wrote
about problems of wealth, property, and (1) _____ Both of them were against commerce, feeling that to live by
trade was undesirable. The Romans borrowed their economic ideas from the Greeks and showed the same
contempt for trade.
During the Middle Ages, the economic ideas of the Roman (2) _____ commerce as inferior to agriculture. The
development of modern nations during (3) _____ 16th century made many people to pay (4) _____ to the problem
of increasing the wealth and (5) _____ of individuals. The economic policy of the leaders of that time was to (6)
_____ national self-sufficiency. Gold and silver were regarded as an index of national power. Several powerful
countries, such as England and Spain, were trying to expand their colonies and to (7) _____ the gold and silver
mines from there. Many countries were always ready to plunge into a new war for gold and silver mines. It was
necessary for a nation to keep wages low and the population large and growing. A large, ill-paid population (8)
_____ more goods to sell at low prices to foreigners. It also followed that the earlier that children began to work,
the better it was for their country's prosperity. One writer had a plan for children of the poor: "(9) _____ the
children are four years old, they should be sent to the workhouse, taught to read two hours a day, and kept fully
employed the rest of the time in any of the manufactures of the house which best suits their age, (10) _____ and
capacity.
1. A. medicine B. philosophy C. education D. trade
2. A. regarded B. chose C. selected D. wondered
4. A. attention B. interest C. showing D. expression
5. A. power B. powerful C. powerfully D. powered
6. A. rise B. encourage C. recover D. pull
7. A. research B. create C. invent D. exploit
8. A. invest B. restructured C. inflated D. produced
9. A. While B. When C. Although D. Since
10. A. standard B. property C. health D. wealth
Exercise 14:
Robots are already a part of our lives. Industrial robots widely used in manufacturing. Military and police
organizations use robots to (1) _____ in dangerous situations. Robots can (2) _____ be found from vacuuming the
floors in your home to exploring the surface of Mars.
Within a few more years a whole host of robotic adaptations will be running many aspects' of our lives. "I think in
(3) _____ next thirty years, we are going to see a transformation between the industrial sorts of robots to personal
robots," says Brooks from Brooks' company, IRobot, markets floor cleaning robots for homes.
"The advances in robotics make it clear that many household (4) ____ will be easily handled by a robot in the near
future," says Bob Christopher, who works for a robotic technology company that is marketing a toy robot (5)
_____ Pleo. "We have only one child but I could easily (6) _____ five or six robots in the home as well."
86
Within the next 10 years one will be able to (7) _____, to lease or purchase a domestic robot that not only does the
household cleaning and prepare and serve his meals, (8) _____ also can carry him to the bathtub if he cannot walk.
Demographic changes, such as a rapidly aging population and a shrinking workforce, will drive forward the
application of new (9) ___. There is going to be a real pull for increasing the productivity of working age people.
So there is going to be a real push for robotics to help people. (10) _____ addition it is likely that in the near future
we will see robots- taking on some of the care functions elderly, or long-term ill people.
1. A. assist B. increase C. make D. create

2. A. so B. either C. too D. also
3. A . a B. an C. the D. Ø
4. A. aspects B. chores C. works D. jobs
5. A. which called B. called C. calling D. that called
6. A. hope B. think C. imagine D. look
7. A. afford B. attain C. offer D. affect
8. A. either B. as C. and D. but
9. A. technology B. technological C. technique D. technician
10. A. At B. In C. For D. With
Exercise 15:
Over the next 20 to 50 years, it will become harder to tell the (1) _____ between the human and the machine. All,
body (2) _____ will be replaceable. Computers will function like the human (3) _____ with the ability to
recognize feelings and respond in a feeling way. They will then produce fake people. We will then be able to
create a machine duplicate of ourselves (4) _____ we will appear to be alive long after we are dead. Maybe a few
decades later, a way will be found to transfer our spirit, including our (5) _____ and thoughts, to the new body.
Then we can choose to live for as (6) _____ as we want. It might be expensive. When it becomes possible to do a
spirit transfer, they will figure out (7) _____ to do them automatically. So we will be able to reside within
whichever duplicate we want, whenever we want.
Miniature robots will be built to travel through your blood (8) _____ and repair damage. Also, larger robots will be
used when you are sick. When you have an upset stomach, you will (9) _____ a very small cherry tasting robot
which will travel through your stomach taking video of the mess. It will be set up like a video game, so you can
control the exploring and the selection of images. Then you can replay the video to help a doctor (10) _____ your
illness, or to prove to your employer that you really, were sick.
1. A. variety B. change C. difference D. appearance
2. A. region B. place C. role D. parts
3. A. brain B. limb C. skull D. liver
4. A. such B. as C. so D. but
5. A. experience B. memories C. actions D. health
6. . long B. far C. much D. soon
7. A. what B. when C. why D. how
8. A. line B. creek C. stream D. river
9. A. swallow B. chew C. vomit D. drink
10. A. notice B. diagnose C. watch D. observe
87
Exercise 16:
Market trends suggest that the demand for energy resources will (1) _____ dramatically over the next 25 years:
Global demand for all energy sources is (2) _____ to grow by 57% over the next 25 years.U.S. demand for all
types of energy is expected (3) _____ by 31% within 25 years. By 2030, 56% of the world's energy use will be in
Asia. Electricity demand in the U.S. will grow by at (4) ____ 40% by 2032. New power generation equal (5) ___
nearly 300 power plants will be needed to (6) ___ electricity demand by 2030. Currently, 50% of U.S. electrical
generation relies on coal, (7) _____ fossil fuel; while 85% of U.S. greenhouse gas (8) _____ result from energy-
consuming activities supported by fossil fuels. If energy prices also go (9) _____ dramatically due to increased
demand and constrained supply, business impacts may include: Reduced profits due to high operating costs,
Decline of sales of energy-using products, and Loss of (10) _____ in energy intensive businesses.
1. A. raise B. rise C. wipe D. soar
2. A. encouraged B. depended C. forecast D. broadcast
3. A. increase B. to increase C. increased D. increasing
4. A. last B. late C. less D. least
5. A. to B. at C. for D. of
6. A. see B. notice C. look D. meet
8. A. inventions B. developments C. emissions D. evolutions
9. A. over B. off C. ahead D. up
10. A. compete B. competitive C. competitiveness D. competitively
Exercise 17:
Desert biomes are the (1) _____ of all the biomes. In fact, the most important characteristic of a desert is that it
receives very little (2) _____. Most deserts receive less than 300 mm a year compared (3) __ rainforests, which
receive over 2,000 mm. That means that the desert only gets 10 percent of the rain that a rainforest gets! The
temperature in the desert can (4) _____ drastically from day to night because the air is. (5) _____ dry that heat
escapes rapidly at night. The daytime temperature averages 38°C (6) _____ in some deserts it can get down to
-4°C at night. The temperature also varies greatly depending on the (7) _____ of the desert.
Since desert conditions are so severe, the plants that live there need to have (8) _____ to compensate for the lack
of water. Some plants, such as cacti, (9) _____ water in their stems and use it very slowly, while others like bushes
conserve water by growing few leaves or by having large root systems to gather water or few leaves. Some desert
plant species have a short life cycle of a few weeks that (10) _____ only during periods of rain.
1. A. coldest B. hottest C. driest D. wettest
2. A. rain B. rainfall C. raindrop D. raincoat
3. A. with B. for C. about D. in
4. A. change B. exchange C. transform D. transfer
5. A. such as B. such C. so much D. so
6. . when B. while C. as D. because
7. A. part B. region C. area D. location
8. A. adaptations B. agreements C. accepts D. achievements
9. A. place B. put C. store D. hold
88
10. A. spend B. take C. last D. experience
Exercise 18
Most traditional human life in deserts is nomadic. It (1) ______ in hot deserts on finding water, and on following
infrequent rains to (2) ______ grazing for livestock. In cold deserts, it depends on finding good hunting and
fishing grounds, on sheltering from blizzards and winter (3) ______, and on storing enough food for winter.
Permanent settlement in both kinds of deserts requires permanent water, food sources and adequate shelter, or the
technology and energy sources to (4) ______ it.
Many deserts are flat and featureless, lacking landmarks, or composed of repeating landforms such as sand (5)
______ or the jumbled ice-fields of glaciers. Advanced skills or devices are required to navigate through such
landscapes and (6) _____ travelers may die when supplies run (7) ______ after becoming lost. In addition,
sandstorms or blizzards may cause disorientation in severely-reduced visibility.
The (8) ______ represented by wild animals in deserts has featured in explorers' accounts but does not cause
higher (9) ______ of death than in other environments such as rainforests or savanna woodland, and generally
does not affect human distribution. Defense against polar bears may be advisable in some areas of the Arctic.
Precautions against snakes and scorpions in choosing (10) ______ at which to camp in some hot deserts should be
taken.
1. A. locates B. selects C. follows D. depends
2. A. earn B. demand C. obtain D. require
3. A. extremes B. poles C. tops D. heights
4. A. grow B. supply C. comfort D. bring
5. A. dunes B. piles C. valleys D. stores
6. A. inconsistent B. incapable C. inexperienced D. independent
7. A. of B. out C. in D. over
8. A. danger B. dangerous C. endanger D. endangered
9. A. level B. rate C. scale D. standard
10. A. sight B. lies C. sites D. seats
Exercise 19:
The Middle East and North Africa are one of the driest regions on earth. Nearly two-thirds of the region is
desert. The Sahara Desert of northern Africa is the largest desert in the world.
Desert air (1) ____ little moisture, so few clouds form over the land. Without clouds to block the sun,
temperatures may reach as (2) ____ as 125°F during the day. At night, without the clouds to contain the heat, the
temperature can fall to as low as 125°F.
Extreme temperatures (3) ____ with little rainfall make desert life difficult for people, plants, and animals. (4)
____, some life forms have adapted to even the most severe desert (5) ____, Camels are able to survive long
periods without food or water. Many desert plants have long, shallow (6) ____ systems. This allows the plants to
reach out to collect water over great distances. Other desert plants have taproots. Taproots grow very deep (7)
____ they can tap sources of underground water. Plant life in the desert is usually spread out over great distances.
This is (8) ____ deserts are often described as barren, or lifeless.
When many people think of a desert they often think of endless miles of hot sand, but a desert does not have to
be hot or sandy. Most of the land of the Middle East and North Africa is hot, dry desert land, (9) ____ some
89
deserts look very different. Most of Antarctica is a desert but there is no sand on the continent and the climate of
Antarctica is (10) ____ coldest on earth.
1. A. contains B. comprises C. consists D. includes
2. A. much B. far C. long D. high
3. A. locate B. combine C. explore D. separate
4. A. Therefore B. So C. However D. But
5. A. environment B. place C. society D. atmosphere
6. A. leave B. bark C. root D. branch
7. A. as B. because C. but D. so
8. A what B. why C. how D. when
9. A. since B. as C. so D. but
Exercise 20:
In 1973, when the tiger appeared to be (1)___ extinction, the World Wild fund for Nature and the Indian
government agreed to (2)___ “Operation Tiger”-a campaign to (3) ___ this threatened creature. They started by
creating nine special parks (4)___ tiger could live in safety. The first was at Ranthambhore, a region which was
quickly turning into a desert (5)___ too much of the grass was being eaten by the local people’s cattle. At the time
there were fourteen tigers left there. The government had to clear twelve small villages, which meant (6)___ 1,000
people and 10,000 cattle so the land could be handed back to (7)___.
Today, Ranthambhore is a very different place, with grass tall (8)___ for tigers to hide in, and there are now at
least forty of them in the park, wandering freely about. Other animals have also (9)___. The people who were
moved are now living in better conditions. They live in new villages away from the tiger park, with schools,
temples and fresh water supplies. There are now sixteen such tiger parks in India and the animal’s future looks a
little (10)____.
1. A. meeting B. going C. facing D. looking
2. A. set up B. keep on C. carry on D. look for
3. A. kill B. raise C. hide D. save
4. A. despite B. so that C. as if D. although
5. A. though B. because C. when D. because of
6. A. moving B. cutting C. cleaning D. keeping
7. A. family B. origin C. nature D. homeland
8. A. such B. enough C. too D. so
9. A. acted B. protected C. defended D. benefited
10. A. safer B. worried C. healthier D. dangerous
Exercise 21:
Nearly 200 of the 1500 native plant species in Hawaii are at risk of going extinct in the near future because
they have been (1) _____ to such low numbers. Approximately 90 percent of Hawaii's plants are found nowhere
else in the world but they are (2) _____ by alien invasive species such as feral goats, pigs, rodents and non- (3)
_____ plants.
90
The Hawaii Rare Plant Restoration Group is striving to (4) _____ the extinction of the 182 rare Hawaiian
plants with fewer than 50 individuals remaining in the (5) _____. Since 1990, (6) _____ a result of their 'Plant
Extinction Prevention Program', sixteen species have been brought into (7) _____ and three species have been
reintroduced. Invasive weeds have been removed in key areas and fencing put up in order to (8) _ plants in the
wild.
In the future the Hawaii Rare Plant Restoration Program aims (9) _____ collecting genetic material from the
remaining plants in the wild for storage as a safety net for the future. They also aim to manage wild populations
and where possible reintroduce species into (10) _____
1. A. disappeared B. reduced C. increased D. developed
2. A. guarded B. invested C. conserved D. threatened
3. A. nation B. native C. national D. nationally
4. A. prevent B. encourage C. stimulate D. influence
5. A. wild B. atmosphere C. hole D. sky
6. A. so B. due C. as D. but
7. A. contamination B. production C. cultivation D. generation
8. A. derive B. vary C. remain D. protect
9. A. at B. for C. with D. on
10. A. shelters B. reserves C. gardens D. halls
Exercise 22:
WHY READ BOOKS?

Is it worth reading books, (1)___ nowadays there are so many other forms of (2)___ ? Some people say that
even (3)___ books are expensive, and not everyone can borrow books from a library. They may add that television
is more exciting and that (4)___ can relax as they watch their favourite program. All that may be true, but books
are still very (5)___. They encourage the readers to use his or her imagination for a start.
1. A. since B. while C. but D. because
2. A. enjoying B. playing C. entertainment D. performance
3. A. new B. latest C. rare D. paperback
4. A. audience B. viewers C. spectators D. participants
5. A. popular B. widespread C. extended D. common
Exercise 23:
Making time to read is something we all know we (1) ______ do, but who schedules book reading time every
day? There are very few. That is why adding book reading to your daily schedule and sticking to it can improve
discipline.
Books are (2) ______. You can take them almost anywhere. As such, you can learn almost anywhere too.
By reading more books and exposing yourself (3) ______ new and more complete information, you will also
be able to come up with more (4) ______ ideas. When you have read so many books on the subject, you can
combine lessons from all of them into new (5) ______.
Reading gives you something to talk about. Have you ever (6) ______ out of things to talk about with your
best friend, wife or husband? This can be uncomfortable. It (7) ______ even make married couples wonder if their
91
marriage is in trouble. (8) ______, if you read a lot of books, you will always have something to talk about. You
can discuss various plots in the novels you read, you can discuss the things you are learning in the business books
you are reading as well. The possibilities of sharing are endless.
Bocks are inexpensive (9) ______ to help you reduces stress. Many readers relax by reading. Compared with
the person who gets home from work and immediately (10) ______ on the TV news, you are going from work
stress to crime stress. TV as a source of relaxation is too full of loud commercials and fast moving violent images.
If relaxation is something you want, turn off the TV or computer and pick up a book.
1. A. should B. mustn't C. needn't D. might
2. A. durable B. portable C. changeable D. capable
3. A. for B. with C. on D. to
4. A. disapproved B. dull C. creative D. required
5. A. solutions B. problems C. troubles D. difficulties
6. A. put B. had C. walked D. run
7. A. should B. might C. need D. must
8. A. So B. Therefore C. However D. Although
9. A. entertainment B. tension C. machinery D. media
10. A. gets B. turns C. takes D. makes
Exercise 24:
Kite surfing is a (1)____ which is rapidly becoming more and more popular, especial in places like Australia
that have big beaches and plenty of sun. It’s a (2) ___ of other similar activities because you have to use a very
powerful kite to pull you along the water (3)___ you balance on a type of surfboard. It is very complicated
because you have to learn how to manage the kite in the winds to keep power and also how to (4)___ the surfboard
across the water so you don’t fall away! Just as in skateboarding you can do complicated moves (5) ___ as
jumping.
However, one reason its popularity may be limited is that you need to spend a lot of money to (6)___ started.
The board and kite can be very expensive. It is also essential for beginners to have lessons from a proper
(7)___and these lessons are not cheap. There is a lot to learn about getting going, turning and all the safty (8)___.
You need to be very fit and have quite a lot of strength to do it as it (9)___ up a lot of energy. It is probably better
for most of us to watch videos of people doing kite surfing (10)___ than to actually try it ourselves.
1. A. play B. game C. sport D. display
2. A. cross B. collection C. connection D. combination
3. A. as B. since C. during D. whereas
4. A. drive B. ride C. travel D. progress
5. A. same B. similar C. like D. such
6. A. be B. get C. go D. become
7. A. guide B. master C. instructor D. demonstrate
8. A. points B. notes C. marks D. stages
9. A. runs B. fills C. uses D. brings
10. A. rather B. better C. prefer D. instead
92
Exercise 25:
Sailing or boating may seem to be very interesting with the high level of technical elements (1) _____ in the
sport. Whether you choose a small (2) _____ or a catamaran, whether you choose lake or ocean sailing, there are
(3) _____ number of things you need to master before you can start enjoying the pure (4) _____ of being on the
water.
Getting the sailing skills which you need to start sailing your own boat is easy if you just sign up with a
sailing school. You can learn to sail (5) _____ any age. There are no (6) ____. The best schools and instructors will
teach you all you need to know about sailing in a friendly and pleasant manner. As with all sports, sailing will get
you into (7) _____ with new friends. There is a closeness that develops out at sea, however, (8) _____ not many
other sports have. Being on the water in any capacity demands a healthy outlook and way of life. Sailing and
boating are two sports that (9) _____ all our senses to be at their peak. Sailing calls upon physical strength,
intelligence and intuition. It is one sport that allows you to leave all your daily concerns and (10) _____ back on
the land and to be off with only your bare self.
1. A. invented B. consisted C. involved D. contained
2. A. fleet B. submarine C. ferry D. boat
4. A. please B. pleasure C. pleasant D. pleasantly
5. A. with B. at C. in D. for
6. A. investment B. disappearance C. discoveries D. restrictions
7. A. allowance B. pace C. contact D. keeping
8. A. which B. that C. when D. whom
9. A. ask B. say C. tell D. demand
10. A. cultures B. habits C. traditions D. customs
Exercise 26:
The 24th Southeast Asian Games was (1) _____ in Thailand from December 6 to December 16, 2007. The
Thai Olympic Committee was (2) _____ the event to coincide with the commemoration of 80th birthday of King
Bhumibol Adulyadej. Officials were studying the possibility of doing the events in multiple venues (3) _____ what
had been done in Vietnam and the Philippines. It was (4) _____ sixth time Thailand hosted the SEA Games.
Thailand hosted the 1959, 1967, 1975, 1985 and 1995 SEA Games.
On 24 February 2006, northeast Thailand's Province authorities met to (5) _____ the 2007 SEA Games
schedule, and progress on the province's under-construction US$65 million sports complex. The meeting provided
an overview of (6) _____, and ended with reassurances that everything would be ready (7) _____ SEA Games in
2007.
The sports (8) __ included a 5,000-seater indoor stadium and 16 tennis court facilities among other facilities
scheduled to be finished on June 2007.
The 2007 SEA Games featured (9) _____ than 400 events in 45 sports. The 24th edition of the games had the
highest number of sporting events in the entire (50) _____ of the SEA Games, more events than the Asian Games
and the Olympic Games.
1. A. held B. met C. seen D. committed
93
2. A. winning B. competing C. fighting D. planning
3. A. such as B. as C. likely D. like
5. A. talk B. discuss C. tell D. quarrel
6. A. facilities B. tools C. materials D. furniture
7. A. at B. on C. with D. for
8. A. places B. halls C. venues D. homes
9. A. rather B. more C. better D. as
10. A. history B. ancient C. former D. time
Exercise 27:
Among the total of 1,200 volunteers serving the SEA Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh City, nearly 1,000 are
students (1) _____ universities, colleges, technical schools. Besides that, 6,000 cheer people are also in the
training session to serve the SEA Games
SEA Games 22 will (2) ____ from the end of November, beginning with football, to nearly the middle of
December. This is also the time (3) _____ students to do revision and (4) _____ for their first semester test. In
order to provide advantageous (5) _____ to volunteers and students to (6) _____ on their tasks in SEA Games 22,
City Youth Union is trying to solve this problem. At present, the volunteers are both studying and participating in
the training sessions to prepare themselves for SEA Games 22 at (7) _____ same time. However, at the peak of
late November and mid December, the organizers will have plans to assist them and suggest schools and
universities offer the time priority to the volunteers helping them serve the Games (8) _____ efficiently. Schools
and universities really have the concern -on this matter and will (9) _____ the examination schedules for
volunteers till the end of the SEA Games. (10) _____ the time being, the volunteers can assure their time in class
and at technical training session, mainly on every Saturday and Sunday. It is hopeful that the volunteers will have
comfort to serve SEA Games 22 wholeheartedly.
1. A. at B. in C. for D. into
2. A. host B. commence C. enjoy D. participate
3. A. where B. which C. that D. when
4. A. prepare B. carry C. take D. gain
5. A. achievements B. promotions C. conditions D. circumstances
6. A. intend B. focus C. contribute D. attend
8. A. more B. as C. the most D. most
9. A. keep away B. go up C. take on D. put off
10. A. On B. For C. At D. In
Exercise 28:
That is a program of Ho Chi Minh City Youth Union to (1) _____ individuals, domestic and foreign
organizations buy and use bicycles during the time (2) _____ they enjoy the SEA Games 22 in Ho Chi Minh City
then donate the bicycles to poor children.
Preparing (3) _____, this program, the Organizing Committee has signed a (4) _____ with Martin - a bicycle-
making firm - to purchase 1,000 bicycles, at prices from 850,000 to 1,000,000 VND per bicycle -10% (5) _____
94
than market prices, with nearly 20 different models. In the mid of November, The Organizing Committee will
announce, promote, and (6) _____ the program "SEA Games Iron Horses - For Poor Children" through (7) _____
at airport, on buses, taxis, at information desks, posters, banners, newspapers, and websites of city Youth Union.
Besides 1,200 volunteers (8) _____ the SEA Games 22, the Organizing Committee also recruits 100 active
volunteers for this program to handle the handover and receiving bikes, instructing participating tourists, giving
(9) _____ to questions through hot lines.
This program both conveys practical significance and helps international friends to understand further the
nation and people of Viet, Nam as well as strengthen the friendship and (10) _____ among nations.
1. A. require B. contribute C. encourage D. raise
2. A. where B. which C. that D. when
3. A. for B. on C. of D. about
4. A. document B. contract C. letter D. report
5. A. low B. lower C. the lower D. the lowest
6. A. public B. publicly C. publicizing D. publicize
7. A. book B. tickets C. leaflets D. sheets
8. A. serving B. taking C. running D. hosting
9. A. enquiries B. letters C. responses D. demands
10. A. cooperation B. participation C. achievement D. success
Exercise 29:
The United Nations Children's Fund, or UNICEF, was (1) _____ by the United Nations General Assembly on
December 11, 1946, to provide emergency Food and (2) _____ to children in 'countries that had been devastated
by World War II. In 1953, UNICEF became a permanent part of the United Nations System and its name was
shortened from the (3) _____ United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund but it has continued to be
known by the popular acronym based on this old name. (4) _____ in New York City, UNICEF provides long-term
humanitarian and developmental assistance to' children and mother in developing countries. UNICEF is currently
focused (5) _____ five primary priorities: Child Survival and Development, Basic Education and Gender Equality,
including girl's education, Child protection from (6) _____, exploitation, and abuse, HIV/AIDS and children, and
Policy advocacy and partnerships for children's rights. Related areas of UNICEF action include early childhood
development, adolescence development and participation; life skills based education and child rights all over the
world.
A (7) _____ funded agency, UNICEF relies on contributions from governments and private (8) _____. Its
programs emphasize developing community-level services to promote the health and well-being of children.
Recently, UNICEF has begun partnerships with world-class athletes and teams to promote the organization's work
and to (9) _____ funds. UNICEF greeting cards are sold worldwide to support efforts on behalf of children
creating a better world where children are happy, healthy and live in dignity. UNICEF selects suitable paintings for
reproduction from contemporary artists. Total income to UNICEF for 2006 was $2,781,000,000.
UNICEF was (10) _____ the Nobel Peace Prize in 1965 and Prince of Asturias Award of Concord in 2006.
UNICEF is present in 190 countries and territories around the world.
1. A. taken off B. set up C. paid on D. pushed back
2. A. instrument B. projects C. work D. healthcare
3. A. original B. ancestor C. old D. relatives
4. A. Managed B. Led C. Headquartered D. Committed
95
5. A. at B. with C. on D. in
6. A. violence B. fun C. excitement D. entertainment
7. A. volunteer B. volunteered C. voluntary D. voluntarily
8. A. persons B. patients C. donors D. victims
9. A. rise B. raise C. lift D. heighten
10. A. complimented B. awarded C. won D. taken
Exercise 30:
UNICEF (The United Nations Children’s Fund) is mandated by the United Nations General Assembly to
advocate for the (1) _____ of children's rights, to help meet their basic needs and to expand their opportunities to
reach their full potential. UNICEF is guided by the Convention on the Rights of the Child and (2) _____ to
establish children's rights as enduring ethical principles and international standards of (3) _____ towards children.
UNICEF (4) _____ that the survival, protection and development of children are universal development. UNICEF
mobilizes political will and material (5) _____ to help countries, particularly developing countries, ensure a "first
call for children" and to, build their capacity to form appropriate policies and (6) _____ services for children and
their families. VNICEF is committed to ensuring special protection for (7) _____ most disadvantaged children -
victims of war, disasters, extreme poverty, all forms of violence and (8) _____ and those with disabilities.
UNICEF responds in emergencies to protect the rights of children. In coordination with United Nations partners
and humanitarian agencies, UNICEF makes its unique facilities for rapid response available to its partners to (9)
_____ the suffering of children and those who provide their care. UNICEF is non-partisan and its cooperation is
free from discrimination. In everything it does, the most disadvantaged children and the countries in greatest need
have priority. UNICEF (10) _____, through its country programs, to promote the equal rights of women and girls
and to support their full participation in the political, social, and economic development of their communities.
1. A. protest B. destruction C. protection D. achievement
2. A. admits B. suggests C. adopts D. tries
3. A. poverty B. behavior C. medicine D. injure
4. A. insists B. devotes C. treats D. mounts
5. A. sources B. mines C. budgets D. funds
6. A. care B. appeal C. supply D. react
8. A. exploit B. exploited C. exploiter D. exploitation
9. A. rise B. relieve C. increase D. lower
10. A. throws B. looks C. aims D. points
Exercise 31:
Under the global "health for all" strategy, WHO (the World Health Organization) and its members have placed
special emphasis (1) _____ the developing countries. Nevertheless, the benefits of WHO's international health
work are benefited by all countries, including the most developed ones. For example, all nations have benefited
from their contributions to the WHO programs that led to the global (2) _____ of smallpox and to better and
cheaper ways of controlling tuberculosis.
(3) _____ is a key word in WHO's programs. The organization believes that immunization, (4) _____ prevents
the six major diseases of childhood-diphtheria, measles, poliomyelitis, tetanus, tuberculosis, and whooping cough-
96
should be (5) _____ to all children who need it. WHO is leading a worldwide campaign to provide effective
immunization for all children in (6) _____ with UNICEF. Provision of safe drinking water for all is one of the
objectives of the International Drinking Water Supply and Sanitation Decade proclaimed by the UN General
Assembly in 1980 and (7) _____ by WHO. WHO is also active in international efforts to combat the diarrheal
diseases, killers of infants and young children. The widespread introduction of oral rehydration salts, together with
improved drinking water supply and sanitation will greatly reduce childhood mortality from diarrhea.
WHO's program for primary health (8) _____ comprises eight essential elements:
1. education concerning prevalent health problems and the methods of preventing and controlling them;
2. promotion of food supply and proper nutrition;
3. maintenance of (9) _____ adequate supply of safe water and basic sanitation;
4. provision of maternal and child health care, including family planning;
5. immunization against the major (10) _____ diseases;
6. prevention and control of locally endemic diseases;
7. appropriate treatment of common diseases and injuries; and
8. provision of essential drugs.
These eight elements were defined in the Declaration of Alma-Ata, which emerged from the International
Conference, on Primary Health Care in 1978.
1. A. on B. in C. for D. with
2. A. campaign B. spread C. eradication D. epidemic
3. A. Prevent B. Prevention C. Preventable D. Prevented
4. A. whom B. whose C. that D. which
5. A. prepared B. concerned C. interested D. available
6. A. organization B. establishment C. cooperation D. protection
7. A. supported B. related C. treated D. attracted
8. A. attention B. care C. medicine D. danger
10. A. infect B. infected C. infectious D. infection
Exercise 32:
(1) _____ history, women have always aimed for a recognized place in (2) _____. Guided by their own (3)
_____ of knowledge and expertise, women like Marie Curie in science, Mary Wollstonecraft in literary writing,
Simone de Beauvois in philosophical existentialist debate, and Marie Stopes, in medicine, to name a few, have
brought about (4) _____ awareness of the role of women in any walks of life. These women have helped redefine
and (5) _____ the nature of women's place in society. Today the (6) _____ of global women's organizations and
the impact of women's contributions (7) _____ society show that progress has been made and the progress in
furthering the role of women in society has been some benefit to the (8) _____ woman. It is true to say that not all
women have the same need. The need of the woman who stays at home and (9) _____ children will differ widely
from the woman who works outside. Nonetheless, in the extensive field of equal opportunities, it would be good to
know that access is given to both with equal measure according to the true value of respective abilities. It also
would be good to know that the woman at home is recognized as a valued (10) _____ of society just as much as
the one who deals on business outside the home.
1. A. Among B. Throughout C. During D. Upon
2. A. society B. social C. socialize D. socialist
3. A. region B. farm C. field D. path
97
5. A. gain B. encourage C. force D. consolidate
6. A. right B. belief C. limit D. spread
7. A. on B. for C. to D. at
8. A. own B. private C. individual D. personal
9. A. rises B. raises C. increases D. lift
10. A. party B. competitor C. partner D. member
Exercise 33:
In the 1960s the women's liberation movement (1) _____ suddenly into the public consciousness and quickly
grew into (2) _____ largest social movement in the history of the United States. Women's liberation movement
was a continuation of the 19th-century women's rights movement. The movement's major (3) _____ has included
not only legal, economic, and political gains (4) _____ also has changed the ways in which people live, dress,
dream of their future, and (5) ___ a living. About health, for example, many male physicians and hospital have
made major improvements in the (6) _____ of women; more and more women have become doctors and
succeeded (7) _____ their medical research; and diseases such as breast cancer, which affects many women, now
receive better funding and treatment, thanks to women's (8) ___. Feminists have insisted that violence against
women become a political issue. The women's liberation movement has also made changes in education: curricula
and (9) _____ have been written to promote equal opportunity for girls and women; more and more female
students are admitted to universities and professional schools.
The women's liberation movement brought about a radical change in society (10) _____ it took a decade for
the movement to reach women's awareness.
1. A. dated B. originated C. introduced D. burst
3. A. achievement B. civilization C. status D. power
4. A. with B. either C. and D. but
5. A. put B. make C. get D. take
6. A. vote B. employment C. position D. treatment
7. A. in B. to C. for D. with
8. A. role B. limit C. efforts D. ability
9. A. textbooks B. novels C. picture books D. magazines
10. A. because B. if only C. as D. although
Exercise 34:
Years ago, in their private family role, women quite often dominate the male members of the household.
Women were quite (1) _____ to their families. However, the public role of women has changed (2) _____ since
the beginning of World War II.
During the war, men were away from home to the battle. As a (3) ____, women were in complete control of
the home. They found themselves doing double and sometimes triple (4) _____. They began to take over the work
of their absent husbands and to work outside. They accounted for 73% of the industrial labor force. Women were
forced by economic realities to work in the factories. The women who worked there were (5) _____ low wages,
98
lived in crowded and small dormitories. (6) _____, they found themselves a place as active members of society.
Women, although they were ruthlessly exploited, became the key to the country's success.
The feminist movement seems to have been (7) _____ important part in the demands (8) _____ women Equal
Rights. The movement tends to have a way of changing men and women and their roles in society. It often
redefines the role of women in society. Inventions, too, bring progress in society as (9) _____ as to the individual's
life. In the late nineteenth century the invention of the typewriter gave women a new skill and a. job outside the
home. The Suffragettes in the turn of the century has become a (10) _____ for most women to be engaged in
equality.
1. A. fascinated B. worried C. dedicated D. interested
2. A. unfortunately B. approximately C. nearly D. dramatically
3. A. change B. result C. success D. opportunity
4. A. duty B. job C. requirement D. career
5. A. made B. paid C. created D. delivered
6. A. Because B. Therefore C. However D. So
8. A. for B. in C. with D. against
9. A. much B. long C. soon D. well
10. A. present B. souvenir C. symbol D. role
Exercise 35:
ASEAN Handicraft Promotion and Development Association (AHPADA) was established as a result of a
Workshop on Handicraft for Export which was (1) _____ by the Royal Thai Government in February 1981 in
Bangkok. AHPADA was formed as a forum for both the government and private sectors that are concerned with
meeting and complementing each other in the promotion and development of handicrafts (2) _____. AHPADA is
affiliated to the ASEAN and the World Craft Council. The (3) _____ members were Thailand, Malaysia, the
Philippines and Indonesia. Singapore and Brunei join in a little (4) _____. Cambodia, Lao, Myanmar and Vietnam
joined in September 1999.
AHPADA's objectives are
1. To take common approach to develop and promote the marketing of crafts (5) _____ and outside the
ASEAN Region,
2. To operate as a main point of promotion of ASEAN handicrafts and raw (6) _____ required-for production,
trade fairs and exhibitions,
3. To strengthen and improve the status of craftspeople,
4. To create employment opportunities especially in the rural areas,
5. To (7) _____ traditional craft skills within the context of conservation of cultural heritage,
6. To educate and create awareness and appreciation of the authentic handicrafts of ASEAN Countries,
7. And to build up an archive of ASEAN CRAFT information.
With the recent economic downturn in (8) _____ ASEAN Countries, AHPADA's objectives are more relevant
than they have ever been before. Most producers are among the rural areas and (9) _____ majority of them are
very small entrepreneurs. AHPADA works at both national level through the national focal points and at the
international level through the Board of AHPADA and the Regional Secretariat which is permanently based in
Bangkok, Thailand. (10) _____ 1981 AHPADA has been able to act as a catalyst and initiators in the promotion
and development of ASEAN CRAFTS through seminars, workshops and exhibitions, often in partnership with
several multinational and international organizations.
99
1. A. hosted B. joined C. promoted D. produced
2. A. acts B. actions C. acting D. activities
3. A. finding B. founding C. hiding D. recording
4. A. latest B. last C. late D. later
5. A. within B. into C. onto D. away
6. A. machines B. equipment C. materials D. devices
7. A. save B. preserve C. store D. keep
8. A. most B. the most C. mostly D. the more
10. A. When B. While C. Since D. As
Exercise 36:
What is the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and what is its purpose? The Association of
Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is a multilateral organization which was (1) _____ to give Southeast Asian
states a forum to communicate (2) _____ each other. Since the region had a long colonial past and a history of
endemic warfare, there has never been much peaceful and constructive (3) _____ between kings, presidents and
other officials. A neutral forum was, (4) _____, a very useful development for all of those countries.
ASEAN was formed as a result of the Bangkok (5) _____ of 1967 and initially had five members: Thailand,
Malaysia, Indonesia, (6) _____ Philippines and Singapore. Brunei (7) _____ joined in 1984 after it had won
independence from Britain. Vietnam became the seventh member of the group, officially joining in 1995. (48)
_____ several years of negotiation, Myanmar and Laos joined in 1997 and the final member of the ten, Cambodia,
joined in 1999. The only (9) state in Southeast Asia which is not a member of ASEAN is now East Timor. It is still
(10) _____ vulnerable and fragile to be able to participate for the foreseeable future.
1. A. created B. made C. done D. discovered
2. A. in B. on C. for D. with
3. A. interflow B. interaction C. interference D. intercommunity
4. A. nevertheless B. moreover C. therefore D. however
5. A. Entitle B. Requirement C. Independence D. Declaration
7. A. subsequently B. fortunately C. approximately D. surprisingly
8. A. Before B. After C. Since D. While
9. A. dependent B. independent C. independently D. independence
10. A. enough B. either C. also D. too
Exercise 37:
The Philippines, officially known (1) _____ the Republic of the Philippines, is (2) _____ in Southeast Asia
with Manila as its capital city. The Philippine (3) ____ 7,107 islands in the western Pacific Ocean, sharing borders
with Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, and Vietnam. The Philippines is the world's 12th most populous country with a
population approaching 90 million people. Its national (4) _____ is the 37th largest in the world with a 2006 gross
domestic product (GDP) of over 117.562 billion USD. There are (5) _____ 11 million overseas Filipinos
worldwide. The Philippines became a Spanish colony in the 16th century and an American territory at the (6)
_____ of the 20th century. The Philippines won independence from Spain in 1896. The Philippines (7) _____ its
100
independence from the United States on July 4, 1946 after World War II. Spanish was (8) _____ official language
of the Philippines until 1973. Since then, the two official languages are Filipino and English. The Philippines had
cultural ties with Malaysia, Indonesia, and India in the ancient time, and trade (9) _____ with China and Japan as
early as the 9th century. The late 1960s and early 1970s its economic development was second in Asia, (10) _____
to Japan. The Philippines is a founding and active member of the United Nations and is a founding member of the
Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)/ The Philippines is also a member of the East Asia Summit
(EAS) and an active member in the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC).
1. A. as B. to C. with D. for
2. A. laid B. lay C. located D. put
3. A. compounds B. fixes C. consists D. comprises
4. A. economy B. economics C. economical D. economically
5. A. more B. more than C. rather than D. rather more
6. A. starter B. initiation C. first D. beginning
7. A. gathered B. collected C. gained D. earned
9. A. acts B. acquaintances C. relations D. concerns
10. A. next B. by C. beside D. on
Part XVIII: WRITING

Exercise 1:
1. he / born / 1899 / the family of a doctor
A. He was born in 1899 in the family of a doctor B. He born in 1899 in the family of a doctor
C. It was said he born in 1899 in the family of a doctor
D. He was sais to born in 1899 in the family of a doctor
2. Mary is said to have been seriously ill.
A. It is said that Mary is seriously ill. B. It is said that Mary was seriously ill.
C. People say Mary is seriously ill. D. People are said Mary was ill.
3. it / destroy / 1480 / earthquake
A. It was said to destroy in 1480 in an earthquake B. It destroyed in 1480 in an earthquake
C. It is destroyed in 1480 in an earthquake D. It was destroyed in 1480 in an earthquake
4. It is believed that a buried treasure was hidden in the tomb
A. They believed that a buried treasure was hidden in the tomb
B. A buried treasure is believed that was hidden in the tomb
C. A buried treasure is believed to hide in the tomb
D. A buried treasure is believed to have been hidden in the tomb
5. He is known to have bought some precious things stolent from that ancient tomb
A. People knewn that he bought B. It was known that he has the bought
C. They knew that he has bought D. They known that he bought
6. Did Henry pick you up when you arrived at the airport?
A. Did are you picked up by Henry? B. Were you picked up by Henry?
C. Was it picked you up by Henry? D. Was Henry picked you up?
7. People seem to recognize the structure the most attractive.
A. The structure is seemed to recognize the most attractive
101
B. The structure is seemed to recognized the most attractive
C. The structure seemed to recognized the most attractive
D. It is seemed to recognize the structure the most attractive
8. They predict that a heavy storm will come in the area.
A. A heavy storm is predicted to have come in the area
B. It is predicted that a heavy storm will be come in the area
C. A heavy storm is predicted come in the area
D.A heavy storm is predicted to be come in the area
9. That skyscraper is said to have been built in 1930 A. They said that skyscraper was built in 1930
B. It was said that skyscraper was built in 1930 C. They are said that skyscraper is built in 1930
D. It is said that skyscraper was built in 1930
10. We were told to wait here.
A. They tell us to wait here B. They tell us we wait here
C. They told us to wait here D. They told us to be waited here
11. Many people believe that God created the world
A. It believes that god created the world B. The world is believed God created
C. God is believe to created the world D. God is believed to have created the world
12. John is said to have been stolen the money
A. It is said John steals the money B. It is said John is stole the money.
C. People said John steals the money D. People say John steals the money
13. It is said that many people are homeless after the flood
A. Many people say to be homeless after the flood
B. Many people said are homeless after the flood
C. Many people are said to be homeless after the flood
D. Many people are said to have been homeless after the flood
14. They will have to find a better solution
A. A better solution will have to be found B. A better solution will have to be find
C. A better solution will be have to be found D. A better solution will have been to be found
15. Mr. Pike is repairing the refrigerator at the moment
A. The refrigerator is being repaired at the moment by Mr. Pike
B. The refrigerator repaired by Mr. Pike at the moment
C. The refrigerator is being repaired by Mr. Pike at the moment
D. The refrigerator is being repairing by Mr. Pike at the moment
16. They have just made a cake
A. A cake has just been made B. A cake have just been made
C. They have just been made a cake D. A cake was made by them
17. How do people make carpets?
A. How are carpets made? B. How do carpets make?
C. How do carpets made? D. How are carpets make?
18. We have not used this computer for a long time
A. For a long time has not been used this computer B. This computer has not used for a long time
C. This computer has not used for a long time D. This computer has not been used for a long time
19. Did you buy this tractor last year?
A. Did this tractor buy last year? B. Was the tractor bought last year?
102
C. Has this tractor bought last year? D. Has this tractor been bought last year?
20. They planted that tree last month
A. That tree has been planted last month B. That tree was planted last month
C. That tree planted last month D. Last month that tree had planted
21. No sooner had they got on the plane than the engine started
A. They did not have enough time to get on the plane B. They trouble starting the engine of the plane
C. The engine started as soon as they got on the plane D. They were too late to get on the plane
22. I / never / forget / happen / last Friday
A. I will never forget what happened to me last Friday
B. I will never forget the thing that happened with me last Friday
C. I will never forget what happened to me when last Friday
D. When I will never forget what happened to me last Friday
23. lunch / school canteen / we all / go and take a nap / lounge
A. As soon as lunch at the school canteen, we all went and took a nap in the tounge.
B. While we had lunch at the school canteen, we all went and took a nap in the tounge.
C. After having lunch at the school canteen, we all went and took a nap in the tounge.
D. After having lunch at the school canteen and then we all went and took a nap in the tongue.
24. it / locate / 29 km south / Sydney
A. It located 29 km south of Sydney B. It locating 29 km south of Sydney
C. It is that locates 29 km south of Sydney D. It is located 29 km south of Sydney
25.we / friends / at university
A. We have been friends since we were at university B. We make friends when we were at university
C. We are friends as we were at university D. We have been friends even though we were at university
26. my parents’ “silver anniversary” / celebrate / 6pm next Sunday
A. My parents’ “silver anniversary” must be celebrated at 6pm next Sunday
B. My parents’ “silver anniversary” that will be celebrated at 6pm next Sunday
C. My parents’ “silver anniversary” will be celebrated at 6pm next Sunday
D. It is my parents’ “silver anniversary” will be celebrated at 6pm next Sunday
27 we / invite / you / our house / enjoy / party
A. We would like to invite you to our house and enjoy the party
B. We want to invite you for our house and enjoy the party
C. We would like to invite you to our house and enjoying the party
D. We would like to invite you to our house and so enjoy the party
28. my parents / prepare / very special program / the party
A. My parents are preparing a very special program for the party
B. My parents who are preparing a very special program for the party
C. Because my parents are preparing a very special program for the party
D. When my parents are preparing a very special program for the party
29. hobby/ book collecting
A. My hobbies are book collecting B. It is my hobby book collecting
C. My hobby it is book collecting D. One of my favorite hobbies is book collecting
30. I / sure / they / be / very happy / be / together / 25 years
A. I am sure which they have been very happy to be together for 25 years
B. So I am sure of they have been very happy to be together for 25 years
103
C. I am sure that they have been very happy to be together for 25 years
D. That I am sure they have been very happy to be together for 25 years
31. The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for a year. B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year. D. At last I went to the museum after a year.
32. Julie and Anne had not met each other before the party.
A. Julie and Anne got acquainted when they were at the party.
B. The party prevented Julie and Anne from meeting each other.
C. The party was the place where Julie and Anne could not meet each other.
D. Julie and Anne used to meet each other for the party
33. first time/ we/ see/ hurricane/ nervous/ frightened
A. It was the first time that we saw a hurricane so that we were very nervous and frightened
B A The first time when they saw a hurricane so that we were very nervous and frightened
C. B A The first time when they saw a hurricane, that we were very nervous and frightened
D. A. It was the first time that we saw a hurricane so we were very nervous and frightened
34. It was the first time I have seen a tiger
A. I haven’t seen a tiger before B. I have seen a tiger before
C. I had seen a tiger before D. I saw a tiger before
35. Steve and Susan broke up.......................................................................................................
A. after having been together for three years B. since being together for three years
C. had they been together for three years D. While being together for three years
36. 1959/ he/ train/ become a cosmonaut
A. By 1959, he trained to become a cosmonaut B. On 1959, he was able to train to become a cosmonaut
C. By 1959, he could train to become a cosmonaut D. In 1959, he was trained to become a cosmonaut
37. he/ die/ March 27, 1968/ plane crash
A. He could die on March 27, 1968 in a plane crash B. He was able to die on March 27, 1968 in a plane crash
C. He died on March 27, 1968 in a plane crash D. He died on March 27, 1968 for a plane crash
38. The last time I met Mary was two months ago
A. I haven’t met Mary for two months B. I have met Mary for two months
C. I had met Mary since two months D. I haven’t meet Mary for two months
39. People have discovered a new source of energy
A. A new source of energy has discovered B. A new source of energy was discovered
C. A new source of energy has been discovered D. A new source of energy has been discovered
40. Tom had broken a vase
A. A vase was broken by Tom B. A vase had been broken by Tom
C. A vase was broke by Tom D. Tom broke the vase
Exercise 2:
1. He got good jobs he got, he was no satisfied. (no matter)

A. No matter what jobs he got, he was no satisfied. B. No matter jobs he got, he was no satisfied.
C. Whatever jobs he got, he was no satisfied. D. Whenever jobs he got, he was no satisfied.
2. Although she has live in London for three years, _______.
A. but she cannot speak English B. she cannot speak English
104
C. but cannot speak English D. and cannot speak English
3. We had the school picnic _______.
A. even though the rain B. despite of the rain C. although it raining D. in spite of the rain
4. _______, he managed to complete the race.
A. In spite he was severely hurt B. Despite he was severely hurt
C. Even though being severely hurt D. Despite being severely hurt
5. In spite of his poverty, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
a. He could not devote his life to the revolutionary cause because of his poverty.
b. If he had not been so poor, he could have devoted his life to the revolutionary cause.
c. Poor as he was, he leg a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.
d. He led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause, but he was so poor.
6. I have not finished that report yet despite _______.
A. of working overtime last night B. to work overtime last night
C. working overtime last night D. I worked overtime last night
7. Although sales fell sharply last month, we are on target for the year.
A. Even though felling sharply in sales last month
B. In spite of there was a sharp fall in sales last month
C. Despite the sharp fall in sales last month
D. Even if falling sharply in sales last month.
8. Though he was appointed to a higher promotion _______.
A. and he decided to quit his job. B. but he still decided to quit his job
C. but he decided to quit his job D. he decided to quit his job
9. Despite the increase in their salaries, 60 per cent of Japanese workers still spend Saturday at work.
A. In spite of their salaries are increased B. Although they has got the increase in their salaries
C. As their salaries have been increased D. Even though their increasing salary
10. I didn't get the job _______.
A. even as my qualifications B. in spite of I had some qualifications
C. without my qualifications D. despite my qualifications
11. Mary tried to keep calm although she was very disappointed.
A. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
B. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
C. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
D. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
12. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
13. Despite his ability to do the job, he was not offered the position.
A. It was his ability that helped him do the job and get the position.
B. Although he was able to do the job, but he was not offered the position.
C. He was not offered the position, regardless of his ability to, do the job.
D. If he had enough ability to do the job, he would be offered the position.
14. He had worked very hard but he failed.
105
A. Hard as he worked, he failed. B. Thanks to his hard work, he failed.
C. He did not succeeded because of his being hard working.
D. Even though being hard working, he failed.
15. I did not answer the door even though I knew it was my friend.
A. unless I knew it was my friend, I would not answer the door.
B. I knew it was my friend, but I did not answer the door.
C. Only when I answered the door did I knew it was my friend.
D. I answered the door since I knew it was my friend.
16. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.
A. As hard as he work B. Despite he worked hard C. Though he worked hard D. Although hard work
17. He is rich. He isn’t happy. (no matter )
A. No matter how he is rich, he isn’t happy. B. No matter how rich he is, he isn’t happy.
C. No matter how he isn’t happy, he is rich. D. No matter he is rich, he isn’t happy.
18. She can’t answer my question. She is intelligent. (although)
A. although she can’t answer my question, he is intelligent.
B. although can’t answer my question, he is intelligent.
C. although she is intelligent, he can’t answer my question.
D. although she is intelligent, he can answer my question.
19. She can’t answer my question. She is intelligent. (no matter)
A. No matter intelligent she is, he can answer my question.
B. No matter she is intelligent, he can answer my question.
C. No matter he can answer my question, she is intelligent.
D. No matter how intelligent she is, he can answer my question.
20. He tried. He is not successful. (although)
A. Although tired, he is not successful. B. Although he is not successful, he tired.
C. Although he tired, he is not successful. D. Although he tired, he is successful.
Exercise 3:
1. Most bosses cannot put up with irresponsibility.

A. Irresponsibility is what most bosses are trying to find. B. Most bosses cannot tolerate irresponsibility.
C. Irresponsibility is a must to please most bosses.
D. Without responsibility, most bosses will not offer you a job.
2. I met him yesterday when I when to the market.
A. I catch sight of him yesterday when I when to the market.
B. I catched sight of him yesterday when I when to the market.
C. I caught sight of him yesterday when I when to the market.
D. I catch of him yesterday when I when to the market.
3. When I saw her, I stood up on the bus.
A. When I saw her, I gave place to her on the bus. B. When I saw her, I give place to her on the bus.
C. When I saw her, I gave place her on the bus. D. When I saw her, I gave place to her on the bus .
4. She likes reading a lot of funny story.
A. She is reading a lot of funny story. B. She reading a lot of funny story.
C. She is interested in reading a lot of funny story. D. She interested reading a lot of funny story.
106
5. Lan often writes to me every week.
A. Lan keep correspondence with me every week. B. Lan keeps correspondence with me every week.
C. Lan kept correspondence with me every week. D. Lan keeped correspondence with me every week.
6. I thought I should not stay at home yesterday.
A. I felt regret for staying at home yesterday. B. I fell regret for staying at home yesterday.
C. I feel regret for staying at home yesterday. D. I feeled regret for staying at home yesterday.
7. He didn’t like Lan’s birthday party because it was so noisy.
A. He makes complaint about Lan’s birthday party because it was so noisy.
B. He made complaint about Lan’s birthday party because it was so noisy.
C. He make complaint about Lan’s birthday party because it was so noisy.
D. He made complainted about Lan’s birthday party because it was so noisy.
8. They like going swimming in the morning.
A. They take interested in swimming in the morning. B. They took interested in swimming in the morning.
C. They interested in swimming in the morning. D. They take interested swimming in the morning.
9. I haven’t known Marry since she moved London.
A. I lose touch with Marry since she moved to London. B. I lose touch Marry since she moved to London.
C. I lose with Marry since she moved to London. D. I lost touch with Marry since she moved to London.
10. I will take up golf this year.
A. I will begin to play golf this year. B. I will stop playing golf this year.
C. I will build a golf court this year. D. I will enter a golf competition this year.
11. Go over the report before you submit it.
A. Before you submit the report, you should be finished writing it.
B. Type the report quickly and then submit it. C. Read the report carefully before you submit it.
D. Before you write the report you have to find enough information.
12. Do you see the “No parking” sign?
A. Do you took notice of the “No parking” sign? B. Do you look notice of the “No parking” sign?
C. Do you took notice the “No parking” sign? A. Do you take notice of the “No parking” sign?
13. The sign says, "Keep off the grass."
A. The sign says, "Have someone cut the grass immediately."
B. The sign says, "Don't walk on the grass."
C. The sign says, "Grass should not be grown here."
D. The sign says, "Water the grass, please."
14. We have to move this box in order to put the new TV set.
A. We have to move this box in order to make room for the new TV set.
B. We have to move this box in order to made room for the new TV set.
C. We have to move this box in order to make room the new TV set.
D. We have to move this box in order to make for the new TV set.
15. The teacher say that we have to finish our exam papers before ten.
A. The teacher says that we have to put an end to our exam papers before ten.
B. The teacher says that we have to put an end our exam papers before ten.
C. The teacher says that we have to put an end to exam papers before ten.
D. The teacher says that we have put an end our exam papers before ten.
16. You must take care of my children when I go away.
A. You must not look after my children when I go away.
107
B. You must not look my children when I go away.
C. You must look my children when I go away.
D. You must look after my children when I go away.
17. The police followed the robbers but finally they didn’t return.
A. The police followed the robbers but finally they didn’t lost track of them.
B. The police followed the robbers but finally they lost track of them.
C. The police followed the robbers but finally they track of them.
D. The police followed the robbers but finally they lost track them.
18. Did you see Paul in the book shop yesterday?
A. Did you catched sight of Paul in the book shop yesterday?
B. Did you catch sight Paul in the book shop yesterday?
C. Did you catch sight of Paul in the book shop yesterday?
D. Did you catch of Paul in the book shop yesterday?
19. The rich should share the poor.
A. The rich should feel pity for the poor. B. The rich should make allowance for the poor.
C. The rich should take pity on the poor. D. All are correct.
20. Why don’t you often agree with your neighbours?
A. Why don’t you often agree with your neighbours?
B. Why do you make complaint about your neighbours?
C. Why don’t you often make complaint about your neighbours?
D. Why don’t you often make complaint with your neighbours?
Exercise 4:
1. Mary hid the novel under her pillow _________.

A. in order that her father not saw it. B. in order to her father not saw it.
C. in order for her father not saw it. D. in order not to her father not saw it.
2. The notices are written in several languages ___________.
A. so that understand them. B. in order to understand them.
C. for to understand them. D. in order that understand them.
3. Mary went to the library _________.
A. in order that she could borrow some books. B. in order to she could borrow some books.
C. in order so that borrow some books. D. in order so that she could borrow some books.
4. Some young people like to earn their own living _______.
A. so as to be not dependent on their parents. B. so as to be dependent on their parents.
C. so as to not dependent on their parents. D. so as not to be dependent on their parents.
5. She is learning French ___________.
A. in order to she will be able to speak it when she comes to Paris
B. in order that she will be able to speak it when she comes to Paris
C. in that she will be able to speak it when she comes to Paris
D. into she will be able to speak it when she comes to Paris
6. I took off my shoes before entering the room __________.
A. in order to not dirty the floor B. so that I not dirty the floor
C. in order not dirtying the floor D. so as not to dirty the floor
7. He goes to England_____.
108
A. so that he learns English B. to learn English C. so to learn English D. so he learns
English
8. She hid the present______.
A. so that the children wouldn’t find it B. in order to the children not to find it
C. for the children not find it D. in order that the children not to find it
9. The teacher was explaining the lesson slowly and clearly_____.
A. to make his students to understand it B. in order that his students can understand it
C. so as to that his students could understand it D. so that his students could understand it
10. They are _____.
A. so lazy boys as they are punished B. so lazy boys that they are punished
C. such lazy boys that they are punished D. such lazy that they are punished
11. The boy always does his homework before class ______.
A. so as not to be punished by the teacher B. so as to be punished by the teacher
C. so that not to be punished by the teacher D. in order that not to be punished by the teacher
12. “I try to study English well. I want to get a good job.” means ______.
A. I try to study English well so that I can get a good job
B. I try to study English well in order that I can get a good job
C. I try to study English well to get a good job
D. All are correct.
13. “We preserve natural resources. We can use them in the future.” means ______.
A. We can use natural resources in the future so that we preserve them
B. We preserve natural resources that we can use them in the future
C. We preserve natural resources so that we can use them in the future
D. We preserve natural resources so as to we can use them in the future
14. “His stomach cancer was too serious to have an operation.” means ______.
A. His stomach cancer was so serious that the doctor could not operate on him.
B. His stomach cancer was so serious to have an operation
C. His stomach cancer was too serious so that the doctor could not operate on him.
D. His stomach cancer was serious so that to have an operation
15. “They did not want anyone to hear them. They whispered.” means ______.
A. They whispered in order to make everyone hear them
B. They did not want anyone to hear them so that they whispered
C. They whispered so that no one could hear them
D. They whispered in order that they could make everyone hear them
16. “I spoke slowly. The foreigner could understand me.” means ______.
A. I spoke slowly so that the foreigner could understand me
B. The foreigner spoke slowly so that I could understand him
C. I spoke slowly to make the foreigner could understand me
D. A & B are correct.
17. Mary gets up early every morning. She wants to learn her lesson.
A. Mary gets up early every morning so to learn her lesson.
B. Mary gets up early every morning not to learn her lesson.
C. Mary gets up early every morning to learn her lesson.
D. Mary gets up early every morning so that learn her lesson.
18. Lan whispered . Nobody hears her conversation.
A. Lan whispered to hears her conversation. B. Lan whispered to hear her conversation.
C. Lan whispered so that she can hears her conversation.
D. Lan whispered in order for no one to hear her conversation.
109
19. The boy feigned to be sick. He hope we didn’t make him to work.
A. The boy feigned to be sick for us not to make him to work.
B. The boy feigned to be sick in order for us not to make him to work.
C. The boy feigned to be sick in order for us to make him to work.
D. The boy feigned to be sick for us to make him to work.
20. I will write to you. I want you to know my decision soon.
A. I will write to you in order for you to know my decision soon.
B. I will write to you so that you to know my decision soon.
C. I will write to you in order that you to know my decision soon.
D. I will write to you in order for you know my decision soon.
Exercise 5:
1.”I’ll give it to him tomorrow” John said.

A. John promised to give it to him tomorrow. B. John promised giving it to him tomorrow.
C. John promised gave it to him tomorrow. D. John promised not to give it to him tomorrow.
2.”Come and see me whenever you want” he said
A. He invited me coming and seeing him whenever I want
B. He invited me come and see him whenever I want
C. He invited me coming and see him whenever I want
D. He invited me to come and see him whenever I want
3. Remember to check for your flight number.
A. Not forget to check for your flight number. B. Don’t forget to check for your flight number.
C. Not to forget to check for your flight number. D. Must remember to check for your flight number.
4. Don’t forget to turn off the light before going out.
A. Remember turn off the light before going out. B. Let’s to turn off the light before going out.
C. Remember to turn off the light before going out. D. Turn off the light before going out.
5. She has been studying at this school for three years.
A. She started studying at this school three years ago. B. She started study at this school three years ago.
C. She started to study at this school three years ago. D. A & C
6. I usually listen to pop music. I like it very much.
A. I’m very fond of listening to pop music. B. I’m very fond listening to pop music.
C. I’m very fond of listen to pop music. D. A & C
7. She has to do a lot of housework every day. She hates it.
A. She hates do a lot of housework every day. B. She hates doing a lot of housework every day.
C. She doesn’t like do a lot of housework every day. D. She can’t do a lot of housework every day.
8. He spent two hours repairing my motorbike.
A. It took him two hours to repairing my motorbike. B. It took him two hours repairing my motorbike.
C. It took him two hours to repair my motorbike. D. It took him two hours repair my motorbike
9. When I was a young child, I was interested in becoming an astronaut.
A. When I was a young child, I wanted becoming an astronaut.
B. When I was a young child, I was fond of becoming an astronaut.
C. When I was a young child, I want to become an astronaut.
D. When I was a young child, I was fond of become an astronaut.
10. Would you close the door, please ?
110
A. Would you mind closing the door, please? B. Would you mind close the door, please?
C. Would you mind to close the door, please? D. A & C
11. They didn’t allow us to smoke in here.
A. They didn’t let us to smoke in here . B. They let us to smoke in here .
C. They didn’t let us smoke in here . D. They didn’t permit us smoke in here .
12. My teacher said: ” you should buy that book”.
A. My teacher advised us to buy that book . B. My teacher advised us to buying that book .
C. My teacher advised us not to buy that book . D. My teacher advised us buy that book .
13. The thief forced the bank manager to lie on the ground.
A. The thief made the bank manager to lie on the ground.
B. The thief made the bank manager lying on the ground.
C. The thief made the bank manager to lying on the ground.
D. The thief made the bank manager lie on the ground.
14. He has studied English for six years.
A. He began to study English for six years. B. He began studying English for six years.
C. He began study English for six years. D. A & B
15. Mastering English is necessary .
A. It is necessary master English. B. It is necessary to master English.
C. It is necessary mastering English. D. It is necessary to mastering English.
16. He spent two hours writing the essay.
A. It took him two hours writing the essay. B. It took him two hours write the essay.
C. It took him two hours to write the essay. D. It took him two hours written the essay.
17. He isn’t old enough to ride a motorbike.
A. He is too young to ride a motorbike. B. He is too young ride a motorbike.
C. He is young to ride a motorbike. D. He is too young riding a motorbike.
18. He expects to hear from her as soon as possible.
A. He is looking forward to hear from her as soon as possible.
B. He is looking forward to hearing from her as soon as possible.
C. He is looking forward hear from her as soon as possible.
D. He is looking forward hearing from her as soon as possible.
19. He tried to escape but the police stopped him.
A. The police prevented him from escape B. The police prevented him to escape
C. The police prevented him from escaping D. The police prevented him escape
20. I can’t possibly work in all this noise!
A. It is impossible for him work in all this noise. B. It is impossible for him working in all this noise.
C. It is impossible for him worked in all this noise. D. It is impossible for him to work in all this noise.
Exercise 6:
1. “Who is the professor?” _ “He’s the man ______.”

A. which is talking to Mr. Smith now B. that talks to Mr. Smith now
C. talk to Mr. Smith now D. talking to Mr. Smith now
2. Is that the man ________?
A. you lent the money to B. you lent the money
111
C. whom did you lend the money D. whom you lent the money
3. He was happy to find the kind of job________.
A. which they had trained him for B. that he had training in
C. for which he had been trained D. that was for his training
4. Do you happen to know__________?

A. of whom this watch is B. whose watch is this C. whose watch this is D. this watch of whose
5. Evening programs have been opened for people_______.
A. People have opened evening programs for people whom work during the day.
B. People have opened evening programs for people who work during the day.
C. People have opened evening programs for people who works during the day.
D. People have opened evening programs for people whose work during the day.
6. There was a lot of corrosion on the body of the car_______.
A. that the paint had come off B. which the paint had come off
C. whose paint had come off D. where the paint had come off
7. I missed the train _____.
A. which usually catch to work. B. that usually catch to work.
C. usually for me catch to work. D. I usually catch to work.
8. “This is the first time I have ever seen such a beautiful view.”
A. This is the first time which I ever saw such a beautiful view.
B. This is the first time I ever saw such a beautiful view.
C. This is the most beautiful view that I have ever seen.
D. This is the first time when I ever saw such beautiful a view.
9. “I sometimes regret getting married so early.”
A. There are some occasions when I wish I hadn’t got married so early.
B. I sometimes feel sorry to get married so early.
C. Sometimes I am sad because I am married.
D. There are some opportunities when I am really regretful of getting married early.
10. “That girl’s mother used to work with mine.”
A. That’s the girl whose her mother used to work with mine.
B. That’s the girl whose mother used to work with mine.
C. That’s the girl the mother of whose used to work with mine.
D. That’s the girl her mother used to work with mine.
11. “Her friends came and saw her in the hospital, which was kind.”
A. It was kind of her to come and see her friends in the hospital.
B. It was kind to her friends who came and saw her in the hospital.
C. It was kind of her friends to come and see her in the hospital.
D. It was kind to come and see her friends in the hospital.
12. “He is a reliable person, which is different from what people think.”
A. People think differently about reliable person. B. Contrary to what people think, he is reliable.
C. Contrary to what people think, he is unreliable. D. He, who is reliable, is not what people think.
13. The man is my teacher. I am grateful to him.
A. The man whom I grateful to him is my teacher. B. The man is my teacher who I am grateful.
C. The man whom I am grateful to is my teacher D. The man to him I am grateful is my teacher.
112
14. Ngoc is friendly. We are talking about her.
A. Ngoc, we are talking about, is friendly. B. Ngoc, about her we are talking, is friendly.
C. Ngoc, whom we are talking about is friendly D. Ngoc, about whom we are talking, is friendly
15. A pilot is a person who flies an aircraft.
A. A person who called a pilot flies an aircraft. B. A person that flies an aircraft is called a pilot.
C. A pilot is someone who flies an aircraft. D. Both B and C are correct.
16. That is the student. I borrowed his book last week.
A. That is the student I borrowed whose book last week.
B. That is the student, whose book I borrowed last week
C. The student whose book I borrowed that is.
D. That is the student whose book I borrowed last week
17. We like the computer. We bought it yesterday.
A. We like the computer which we bought it yesterday B. We like the computer we bought yesterday.
C. We like the computer we bought which yesterday D. The computer we like we bought yesterday.
18. My brother sent me a birthday card.
A. It was I who was sent a birthday card. B. It was me whom my brother sent a birthday card
C. It was me who was sent a birthday card by my brother D. Both B and C are correct.
19. The girl gave the boy a special gift on Christmas.
A. It was the boy who the girl gave him a special gift on Christmas.
B. It was the boy who was gave a special gift on Christmas by the girl.
C. It was the boy who was given a special gift on Christmas by the girl.
D. It was a special gift that was given to the boy on Christmas by the girl.
20. Haywood is the village ________
A. where I was born in B. which I was born C. in which I was born D. which I was born there
Exercise 7:
1. They couldn’t climb up the mountain because of the storm.

A. The storm stopped them climbing up the mountain.
B. The storm made it possible for them to climb up the mountain.
C. The storm encouraged them to climb up the mountain.
D. They were able to climb up the mountain thanks to the storm.
2. He looked so funny that I couldn’t help laughing.
A. I couldn’t laugh because he looked so funny. B. I couldn’t help him laugh because he looked so funny.
C. He looked too funny for me to laugh. D. I laughed because he looked so funny.
3. Maria eats very little so as not to put on weight.
A. Maris eats little very because she wants to lose weight.
B. Maria eats very little because she wants to lose weight.
C. Maria eats very little because she wants weight to lose.
D. Maria eats very little because lose weight she wants to.
4. The weather was rainy and cold. We stayed at home.
A. The weather was rainy and cold, but we stayed at home.
B. Though the weather was rainy and cold, we stayed at home.
C. Because the weather was rainy and cold, we stayed at home.
113
D. The weather was rainy and cold, however we stayed at home.
5. No one knows what colour dinosaurs were. No sample of their skin has survived.
A. Because no one knows what colour dinosaurs were, no sample of their skin has survived.
B. No sample of dinosaurs’ skin has survived because no one knows what colour they were.
C. Because no one knows what colour dinosaurs were which is because no sample of their skin has survived.
D. No one knows what colour dinosaurs were because no sample of their skin has survived.
6. I / feel / like / have breakfast/ this morning / because / headache.
A. I don’t feel like to have breakfast this morning because I have a headache.
B. I don’t feel like having breakfast this morning because I have a headache.
C. I don’t feel like having breakfast this morning because I have headache.
D. I don’t feel like having a breakfast this morning because I have headache.
7. She / practise / play/ tennis/ every day/ she / want / famous/ one day.
A. She practises playing tennis one day because she wants to be famous every day.
B. She practises playing tennis every day because she wants famous one day.
C. She practises playing tennis every day because she wants being famous one day.
D. She practises playing tennis every day because she wants to be famous one day.
8. We / decide/ not / go out/ because / weather.
A. We decided not go out because the weather. B. She decided not to go out because of the weather.
C. We decided not going out because of weather. D. We decided not to go out because the weather.
9. We / stop/ play tennis/ because / rain/ start.
A. We stopped to play tennis because it started to rain.
B. We stopped playing tennis because of it started to rain.
C. We stopped playing tennis because it started to rain.
D. We stopped playing tennis because it rain starts.
10. She feels happy because of her coming birthday party.
A. She feels happy to come to a birthday party. B. Her coming birthday party makes her happy.
C. Because she was born she feels happy. D. Her birthday party will happily come.
11. The heavy rain stopped me from going out.
A. As the heavy rain, I couldn’t go out. B. Thanks to the heavy rain, I couldn’t go out.
C. Because of the heavy rain, I couldn’t go out. D. Except for the heavy rain, I couldn’t go out.
12. Developing countries/ need /do/ research/ find/ solutions/ agriculture/ problems.
A. Developing countries need doing research to find solutions to agriculture problems.
B. Developing countries need to do research to find solutions to agriculture problems.
C. Developing countries need to do researching to find solutions to agriculture problems.
D. Developing countries need to do research to finding solutions to agriculture problems.
13. I / would rather / you / not tell / anyone / what/ say.
A. I would rather you not tell anyone what I said. B. I would rather you did not tell anyone what I said.
C. I would rather you do not tell anyone what I said. D. I would rather you not tell anyone what I say.
14. She / must/ fed up/ smoke.
A. She must be fed up of smoking. B. She must fed up with smoking.
C. She must be fed up with smoking. D. She must be fed up on smoking.
15. It / get dark/ you / put/ light/ on / please?
A. It gets dark, could you put the light on, please? B. It’s getting dark, could you put the light on, please?
C. It got dark, could you put the light on, please? D. B. It’s getting dark, should you put the light on, please?
114
’
16. It isn t necessary for you to finish the report by Sunday.
A. You don’t need finish the report by Sunday. B. You mustn’t finish the report by Sunday.
C. You might not finish the report by Sunday. D. You don’t need to finish the report by Sunday.
17. You won’t have a seat unless you book in advance.
A. You may have a seat if you book in advance.
B. You won’t have a seat because you didn’t book in advance.
C. You will have a seat if you keep your book in front of you.
D. You can’t have a seat although you book in advance.
18. I should have studied last night, but I was too tired.
A. I couldn’t study last night because I was very tired.
B. I studied last night because I was bored.
C. I studied last night because I had to.
D. I tried to study last night, but the homework was too hard.
19. My suits need to be cleaned before the interview but I’m too busy to do that.
A. I must have my suit cleaned before the interview. B. I must clean my suit before the interview.
C. I must have my suit to be cleaned before the interview. D. I must have my suit cleans before the interview.
20. She is so busy that she can’t come to the party.
A. If she was not so busy she must come to the party. B. If she was not so busy she could come to the party.
C. If she was not so busy she needs to come to the party.
D. If she was not so busy she should come to the party.
21. It is important for me to study hard for this exam.
A. I should study hard for this exam. B. I had to study hard for this exam.
C. I must study hard for this exam. D. I will study hard for this exam.
22. Could you please close the door?
A. Would you mind close the door? B. Would you mind to close the door?
C. Would you minded close the door? D. Would you mind closing the door?
23. He enjoys having noodle soup every meal.
A. He has to eat noodle soup every meal. B. He should eat noodle soup every meal.
C. He likes to eat noodle soup every meal. D. He must eat noodle soup every meal.
24. Daisy doesn’t play cricket as well as she used to.
A. Daisy was used to play cricket better. B. Daisy used to playing cricket better.
C. Daisy used to play cricket better. D. Daisy got used to playing cricket better.
25. It isn’t necessary to shout.
A. You need to keep silent. B. You don’t need shouting.
C. You needn’t shout. D. It’s necessary to keep silent.
26. It's time we left for the disco.
A. We may leave for the disco now. B. We needn't leave for the disco now.
C. We should leave for the disco now. D. We must have leave for the disco now.
27. It was a mistake of you to lose your passport.
A. You shouldn't have lost your passport. B. There must be a mistake in your passport.
C. You needn't have brought your passport. D. Your passport must be lost.
28. My car keys are possibly in the kitchen.
A. My car keys should be put in the kitchen. B. My car keys cannot be in the kitchen.
C. I do not know whether my car keys are in the kitchen. D. My car keys might be in the kitchen.
115
29. Is it possible for me to come to your house at about 7pm?
A. Must I come over to your house at about 7pm? B. Could I be come to your house at about 7pm?
C. Can I come to your house at about 7pm? D. Will I come to your house at about 7pm?
30. I have done this math problem at least twenty times, but my answer is wrong according to the answer key.
_______
A. The answer in the book should be wrong! B. The book needn't have a wrong answer.
C. There is a wrong answer in the book. D. The answer in the book must be wrong!
31. _______. We got there far too early.
A. We needn't have hurried B. We should hurry up
C. Hurry up or we will be late D. We must have walked hurriedly
Exercise 8:
1. If / he/ come/ station/ earlier/ not miss/ train.

A. If he had come to the station earlier he would not have missed the train.
B. If he have come to the station earlier he would not have missed the train.
C. If he had came to the station earlier he would not have missed the train.
D. If he had come to the station earlier he would have not missed the train.
2. If I/ not / television/ I / heard/ burglar alarm / off.
A. If I hadn’t watched television, I had heard the burglar alarm go off.
B. If I didn’t watch television, I would have heard the burglar alarm go off.
C. If I hadn’t watch television, I would have heard the burglar alarm go off.
D. If I hadn’t watch television, I would heard the burglar alarm go off.
3. You / remember/ the words/ if/ write down/ your notebook.
A. You remember the words if you write them down in your notebook.
B. You remembered the words if you write them down in your notebook.
C. You’d remember the words if you write them down in your notebook.
D. You’ll remember the words if you write them down in your notebook.
4. If it hadn’t been so late, I would have called you.
A. It was not late when I called you. B. It was late, so I did not call you.
C. It was late, but I called you. D. It was not late but I did not call you.
5. Mike has eaten lots of ice-cream and now he had a headache.
A. If Mike didn’t eat much ice- cream, he wouldn’t have a headache.
B. If Mike hadn’t eaten much ice- cream, he wouldn’t have a headache.
C. Mike had a headache because he had eaten lots of ice-cream.
D. If Mike hadn’t eaten much ice- cream, he wouldn’t have had a headache.
6. I didn’t have an umbrella, I wouldn’t get wet.
A. If I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t get wet. B. If I had had an umbrella, I would get wet.
C. If I had had an umbrella, I would have got wet. D. If I had had an umbrella, I wouldn’t have got wet.
7. What a pity I failed the entrance exam!
A. I wish I had passed the entrance exam. B. I wish I have passed the entrance exam.
C. I wish I will pass the entrance exam. D. I wish I pass the entrance exam.
’ ’
8. I haven t got enough money, so I m not going on holiday.
A. If I have enough money I would go on holiday. B. If I had enough money I would go on holiday.
116
C. If I had had enough money I would go on holiday. D. If I have had enough money I would go on holiday.
9. We would have never accepted his money if we had known his plans.
A. We didn’t know his money and never took money from him.
B. We took the money we offered us without realizing his purposes.
C. We knew what he wanted to do, so we refused his money.
D. We agreed with his money because we were glad to know his plans.
10. What a pity I didn’t meet you yesterday.
A. If only I met you yesterday. B. If only I meet you yesterday.
C. If only I had met you yesterday. D. If only I hadn’t met you yesterday.
11. I think you should stop smoking.
A. if I am you, I will stop smoking. B. if I were you, I will stop smoking.
C. if I were you, I would stop smoking. D. if I had been you, I would stop smoking.
12. If I were you, I would work harder.
A. you would rather not work so hard B. you should work harder
C. you should work with me D. do not work so hard.
13. We did not visit the museum because we had no time.
A. If we have time, we will visit the museum. B. If we had time, we would visit the museum.
C. If we had had time, we would have visited the museum.
D. If we had had time, we will visit the museum.
14. Susan regretted not buying that villa.
A. Susan wished she had bought that villa. B. Susan wished she bought that villa.
C. Susan wished she could buy that villa. D. Susan wished she hadn’t bought that villa.
15. It’s a pity that you didn’t tell us about this.
A. I wish you told us about this. B. I wish you would tell us about this.
C. I wish you had told us about this. D. I wish you have told us about this.
16. Julia couldn’t pass the driving test because she was so nervous.
A. Julia could pass the driving test if she hadn’t been so nervous.
B. Julia could pass the driving test if she wasn’t very nervous.
C. Julia could have passed the driving test if she hadn’t been so nervous.
D. Julia will pass the driving test if she wasn’t so nervous.
17. I’ll only help you if you promise to try harder.
A. Unless you promise to try harder, I’ll help you. B. I won’t help you unless you promise to try harder.
C. I’ll help you even when you promise to try harder.
D. I won’t help you even when you promise to try harder.
18. Unless you keep your feet dry, you will catch a cold.
A. You won’t catch a cold even if you don’t keep your feet dry.
B. You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry.
C. You will catch a cold if you keep your feet dry.
D. Unless you keep your feet wet, you won’t catch a cold.
19. Peter regretted buying the secondhand computer.
A. Peter didn’t want to buy the secondhand computer.
B. Peter wished he didn’t buy the secondhand computer.
C. Peter wished he hadn’t bought the secondhand computer.
D. Peter was glad to buy secondhand computer.
117
20. If I were taller, I could reach the top shelf:
A. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf. B. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
C. I cannot reach the top shelf because I am very tall. D. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
118
Exercise 9:
1. She wondered: “Why hasn’t Nancy come?”

A. She wondered why hasn’t Nancy come. B. She wondered why Nancy hadn’t come.
C. She wondered why Nancy hasn’t come. D. She wondered why Nancy not came.
2. Let’s go fishing tomorrow.
A. Why don’t we go fishing tomorrow? B. Why don’t go fishing tomorrow?
C. Why don’t we go fish tomorrow? D. Why don’t we go to fish tomorrow?
3. I don’t know _____________.
A. when was this house built B. when this house was built
C. who did this house belong to D. when does this house belong to
" ' "
4 .My teacher said to me, Don t give up hope.
A. My teacher told me that don't give up hope. B. My teacher told me don't give up hope.
C. My teacher told me whether not give up hope. D. My teacher told me not to give up hope.
5. Jane suggested buying a food processor is equivalent to:
A. Jane suggested them to buy a food processor B. Jane suggested that will buy a food processor
C. “Why don't we buy a food processor?" said Jane D. Jane suggested to buy a food processor
6. "Can I sit beside you, Jean?" Tom asked.
A. Tom asked Jean if he could sit beside her. B. Tom asked Jean that whether he could sit beside her.
C. Tom requested Jean if he could sit beside her. D. Tom asked Jean if I could sit beside her.
7. "Did Mr. Brown send the parcels?" she asked.
A. She asked if Mr. Brown has sent the parcels. B. She asked if Mr. Brown had sent the parcels.
C. She asked that had Mr. Brown sent the parcels. D. She asked whether Mr. Brown did send the parcels.
8. “Are you glad to be back?” He asked.
A. He asked me if I was glad to be back b. He asked me if was I glad to be back.
C. He asked me if I am glad to be back. D. He asked me are you glad to be back.
9. Direct : “ I want to go on holiday but I don’t know where to go.” Indirect: _______
A. Tom said that he wanted to go on holiday but he doesn’t know where to go.
B. Tom told that he wanted to go on holiday but he didn’t know where to go.
C. Tom said that he wanted to go on holiday but he didn’t know where to go.
D. Tom said that I wanted to go on holiday but I didn’t know where to go.
10. “Do you know ___________?” asked the man.
A. where is the ticket office B. where the ticket office is
C. the ticket is D. where was the ticket office
11. “I’m sorry I made a mistake.” said he.
A. He said he had made a mistake. B. He told he had made a mistake.
C. He apologized for making a mistake. D. He blamed you for making a mistake.
12 “When did you leave school?” the interviewer asked me.
A. The interviewer told me when I had left school. B. The interviewer asked me when I had left school.
C. The interviewer asked me when I left school. D. The interviewer asked me when you had left school.
13. Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work.
A. He requested me not forget to go to the supermarket after work.
B. He asked me not to go to the supermarket after work.
C. He told me that I shouldn’t go to the supermarket after work.
D. He reminded me to go to the supermarket after work.
14. “You should go to the lecture” the teacher said.
A. The teacher advised us should go to the lecture. B. The teacher advised us going to the lecture.
C. The teacher advised us to go to the lecture. D. The teacher advised us go to the lecture.
119
15. Jack said, “I have studied English for five years, Mary.”
A. Jack told Mary that he had studied English for five years.
B. Jack told to Mary that he had studied English for five years.
C. Jack told Mary that he has studied English for five years.
D. Jack told Mary that he studied English for five years.
16. “You’d better not go out without a raincoat.”He said.
A. He advised me to have better not to go out without a raincoat.
B. He advised me do not go out without a raincoat.
C. He advised me not to go out without a raincoat.
D. He advised not to go out without a raincoat.
17. The driver said, “Don’t get off the bus while it’s moving!”
A. The driver asked the passengers not to get off the bus while it’s moving.
B. The driver asked the passengers don’t to get off the bus while it was moving.
C. The driver asked the passengers not getting off the bus while it was moving.
D. The driver asked the passengers not to get off the bus while it was moving.
18. He said to his wife, “Are you cooking in the kitchen now?”
A. He asked his wife if she was cooking in the kitchen now.
B. He told his wife that she was cooking in the kitchen then.
C. He asked his wife that she was cooking in the kitchen then.
D. He asked his wife if she was cooking in the kitchen then.
19. He said to me, “I don’t want you to make such a silly mistake again.”
A. He told me that I didn’t want him to make such a silly mistake again.
B. He told me that he didn’t want you to make such a silly mistake again.
C. He told me that I didn’t want you to make such a silly mistake again.
D. He told me that he didn’t want me to make such a silly mistake again.
20. She asked him, “Have you read this book?”
A. She asked if he had read that book. B. She wanted to know him if he had read that book.
C. She wondered him if he had read that book. D. She asked him if she had read that book.
Exercise 10:
1. It was too late _________________ .
A. to go for them to the party. B. because they go to the party.
C. so they go to the party D. for them to go to the party.
2. This room is too small for six people.
A. This room is very small for six people. B. This room isn’t big enough for six people.
C. This room is so small to have six people. D. This room isn’t enough big for six people.
3. We couldn’t answer those two difficult questions.
A. Those two difficult questions couldn’t have been answered.
B. Those two questions were so difficult that we couldn’t answer them.
C. Those two questions were too difficult for us to answer.
D. Those two questions were not enough difficult to answer for us.
4. The bicycle was so expensive that I didn't buy it.
A. If the bicycle had been cheaper, I would have bought it. B. I was rich enough to buy the bicycle.
C. I couldn't afford to buy the bicycle. D. The bicycle was too expensive for me to buy.
5. The water was very cold, so we couldn't swim.
A. The water was too cold for us to swim. B. We couldn't swim because the water was very cold.
C. The water was very cold but we still went swimming.
D. The water was very cold; therefore, we couldn't swim.
6. The furniture was _________________.
A. too expensive for me to buy B. very expensive for me to buy
C. enough expensive for me to buy D. such expensive that I didn’t buy it
120
7. ________________ that it frightened everyone in the room.
A. The noise was too loud B. The noise was so loud
C. The noise was very loud D. The noise was loud enough
8. The/ book/ boring/ I/ it/ reading/ so/ stopped/ that/ was/.
A. The book was boring so that I stopped reading it. B. The boring book stopped reading so that I was it.
C. The book was so boring that I stopped reading it. D. The reading book was so boring that I stopped it.
9. The road is _______.
A. so slippery for us to drive fast B. too slippery for us to drive fast
C. so slippery that we drove fast D. too slippery that we can't drive fast
10. Nobody could move the piano. It was too heavy.
A. It was such a heavy piano that everybody could move it.
B. It was such a heavy piano that nobody couldn’t move it.
C. The piano was so heavy that nobody could move.
D. The piano was too heavy to be moved.
11. The tea was too hot for her to drink.
A. The tea was so hot that she couldn’t drink it. B. The tea was so hot that she could drink it.
C. The tea was so hot that she couldn’t drink. D. The tea was such hot that she couldn’t drink it.
12. We arrived too late to see the first film.
A. We didn’t arrive late enough to see the first film. B. We didn’t arrive early enough to see the first film.
C. We didn’t arrive too early to see the first film. D. We didn’t arrive early enough for us to see the first film.
13. She can’t have any more children because of her age.
A. She is too old to have any more children. B. She is old enough to have any more children.
C. She is too young to have any more children. D. She is young enough to have any more children.
14. She sings so well that she has been asked to make a record.
A. She is such a well dancer that she has been asked to make a record.
B. She is such a good dancing that she has been asked to make a record.
C. She is such a good dancer that she has been asked to make a record.
D. She is such a well dancing that she has been asked to make a record.
15. The bag was heavy, so we could not take it with us.
A. The bag was too heavy enough for us to take it with us. B. The bag was very heavy enough for us to take it.
C. The bag was too heavy for us to take it with us. D. The bag was too heavy for us to take with us.
16. It was such a big meal that we couldn't finish it.
A. The meal was too very big for us to finish. B. The meal was too big for us to finish it.
C. The meal was such big that we couldn’t finish it. D. The meal was too big for us to finish.
17. They spoke too quickly for us to understand.
A. They spoke so quickly that we couldn’t understand it.
B. They spoke so quickly that we couldn’t understand.
C. They spoke so quickly that we couldn’t understand them.
D. They spoke quickly enough so that we couldn’t understand them.
18. It was so noisy that nothing could be heard.
A. It was too noisy to hear nothing. B. It was too noisy for anything to hear.
C. It was too noisy for nothing to be heard. D. It was too noisy to hear anything.
19. The book was so good that I couldn’t put it down.
A. They had so good book that I couldn’t put it down. B. It was such good book that I couldn’t put it down.
C. So good was the book that I couldn’t put it down. D. Such a book was good that I couldn’t put it down.
20. It was such long homework that I couldn’t finish it.
A. The homework was so long that I could finish it. B. The homework was so long that I couldn’t finish.
C. The homework was too long that I couldn’t finish it. D. The homework was too long for me to finish.
121
KEY
I. Different sound
Part I: PHONETICS
1. D 6. C 11. C 16. B 21. A 26. A 31. A 36. C 41. B 46. D
2. A 7. D 12. B 17. B 22. C 27. D 32. A 37. C 42. D 47. C
3. B 8. A 13. C 18. C 23. C 28. B 33. B 38. A 43. B 48. B
4. A 9. D 14. A 19. C 24. A 29. A 34. C 39. A 44. A 49. A
5. C 10. C 15. D 20. B 25. B 30. C 35. B 40. B 45. D 50. C
II. Stress
1. A 6. B 11. C 16. A 21. C 26. C 31. B 36. D 41. C 46. C
2. C 7. C 12. A 17. D 22. D 27. C 32. C 37. B 42. A 47. B
3. B 8. D 13. C 18. D 23. D 28. A 33. A 38. A 43. A 48. D
4. B 9. A 14. D 19. D 24. D 29. A 34. C 39. B 44. B 49. A
5. A 10. D 15. A 20. C 25. D 30. B 35. D 40. D 45. B 50.C
Part II: TENSES

1. B 6. C 11. A 16. B 21. C 26. A 31. A 36. B 41. A 46. A
2. B 7. D 12. D 17. A 22. C 27. D 32. B 37. C 42. B 47. A
3. D 8. B 13. C 18. A 23. C 28. B 33. C 38. D 43. C 48. C
4. A 9. A 14. D 19. D 24. B 29. D 34. D 39. A 44. C 49. A
5. C 10. A 15. B 20. D 25. C 30. B 35. B 40. A 45. D 50. C
Part III: PASSIVE VOICE

1. C 6. D 11. D 16. B 21. D 26. B 31. B 36. B 41. C 46. A
2. B 7. C 12. C 17. D 22. D 27. A 32. A 37. A 42. A 47. A
3. B 8. B 13. A 18. C 23. C 28. A 33. D 38. C 43. D 48. B
4. B 9. D 14. B 19. A 24. A 29. D 34. A 39. B 44. D 49. A
5. C 10. D 15. A 20. A 25. B 30. C 35. C 40. B 45. C 50. B
122
Part IV: CONDITIONALCLAUSE

1. C 6. A 11. B 16. D 21. C 26. D 31. B 36. B 41. D 46. C
2. A 7. A 12. A 17. B 22. A 27. C 32. C 37. A 42. C 47. A
3. B 8. B 13. A 18. A 23. C 28. B 33. B 38. B 43. A 48. A
4. C 9. A 14. C 19. A 24. D 29. C 34. D 39. D 44. C 49. B
5. C 10. D 15. A 20. C 25. D 30. A 35. C 40. D 45. A 50. A
Part V: REPORTED SPEECH

1. B 6. D 11. A 16. B 21. D 26. A 31. B 36. A 41. D 46. C
2. A 7. D 12. A 17. A 22. C 27. B 32. D 37. A 42. B 47. C
3. D 8. A 13. B 18. C 23. A 28. B 33. A 38. A 43. A 48. D
4. C 9. A 14. A 19. B 24. D 29. A 34. B 39. B 44. B 49. C
5. C 10. B 15. C 20. D 25. A 30. C 35. C 40. C 45. A 50. D
Part VI: RELATIVE CLAUSE

1. B 6. B 11. B 16. B 21. A 26. A 31. D 36. A 41. D 46. D
2. B 7. B 12. C 17. A 22. B 27. A 32. A 37. D 42. C 47. A
3. C 8. A 13. D 18. D 23. B 28. C 33. B 38. B 43. D 48. B
4. D 9. D 14. A 19. B 24. C 29. A 34. D 39. A 44. D 49. D
5. C 10. C 15. C 20. C 25. B 30. A 35. D 40. A 45. B 50. B
Part VII: CLAUSE OF REASON

1. B 4. C 8. A 12. A 16. A 20. A 24. C 28. A
2.A 5. B 9. A 13. C 17. A 21. C 25. D 29. C
2. A 6. B 10. C 14. B 18. A 22. A 26. D 30. A
3. A 7. D 11. A 15. B 19. B 23. A 27. B
Part VIII: CLAUSE OF RESULT

1. A 6. A 11. A 16. B 21. D 26. C 31. A 36. D 41. B 46. A
2. A 7. A 12. C 17. D 22. C 27. C 32. B 37. D 42. B 47. D
3. D 8. A 13. B 18. A 23. A 28. D 33. D 38. B 43. B 48. B
4. C 9. D 14. C 19. C 24. D 29. A 34. A 39. A 44. B 49. A
5. C 10. A 15. A 20. D 25. A 30. D 35. D 40. B 45. A 50. D
Part IX: CLAUSE OF CONCESSSION

123
1. C 6. B 11. B 16. B 21. A 26. d 31. C 36. C 41. C 46. B
2. A 7. B 12. A 17. B 22. C 27. B 32. C 37. A 42. D 47. C
3. B 8. C 13. D 18. D 23. D 28. B 33. A 38. A 43. B 48. C
4. D 9. A 14. B 19. D 24. D 29. D 34. D 39. B 44. D 49. A
5. A 10. D 15. C 20. C 25. B 30. B 35. B 40. C 45. D 50. B
Part X: CLAUSE OF PURPOSE 36. D

1. D 6. D 11. C 16. B 21. B 26. B 31. D 41. D 46. A
2. B 7. B 12. C 17. D 22. D 27. C 32. D 37. D 42. B 47. C
3. D 8. A 13. D 18. B 23. C 28. B 33. A 38. B 43. A 48. A
4. D 9. A 14. D 19. B 24. C 29. D 34. A 39. B 44. D 49. C
5. D 10. A 15. C 20. C 25. C 30. A 35. A 40. A 45. C 50. D
Part XI: MODAL VERB

1.C 6. A 11. B 16. D 21. C 26. D 31. B 36. B 41. D 46. C
2. A 7. A 12. A 17. B 22. A 27. C 32. C 37. A 42. C 47. A
3. B 8. B 13. A 18. A 23. C 28. B 33. B 38. D 43. A 48. A
4. C 9. A 14. C 19. A 24. D 29. C 34. D 39. D 44. C 49. B
5. C 10. D 15. A 20. C 25. D 30. D 35. C 40. D 45. A 50.A
Part XII: PREPOSITION - ARTICLE

1. B 7. A 13. A 19. A 24. b 28. A 33.b 38.c 42. 45. B
2. C 8. D 14. d 20. b 25. 29. b 34. c 39. b D 46. C
3. d 9. d 15. c 21. d a 30. d 35. b 40. d 43. 47. C
4. a 10. b 16. d 22. c 26. 31. b 36. b 41. a C 48. A
5. c 11. b 17. b 23. c a 32. d 37. d 44. 49. A
6. b 12. c 18. d 27. A C 50. B
Part XIII: WORD FORM

1. A 6. B 11. C 16. C 21. B 26. B 31. D 36. C 41. C 46. B
2. B 7. B 12. A 17. C 23. B 27. B 32. C 37. B 42. D 47. B
3. D 8. A 13. D 18. A 22. B 28. B 33. A 38. D 43. D 48. B
4. B 9. D 14. A 19. B 24. C 29. D 34. C 39. D 44. C 49. C
5. B 10. B 15. B 20. A 25. A 30. C 35. B 40. C 45. D 50. D
Part XIV: VERB FORM

124
1. A 6. C 11. B 16. D 21. D 26. A 31. A 36. A 41. C 46. C

2. A 7. A 12. D 17. C 22. A 27. A 32. A 37. B 42. C 47. A
3. C 8. D 13. A 18. D 23. B 28. B 33. B 38. A 43. D 48. A
4. D 9. B 14. B 19. A 24. C 29. A 34. C 39. C 44. B 49. D
5. B 10. C 15. B 20. D 25. A 30. B 35. A 40. D 45. A 50. B
Part XV: CORRECTION

1. B 6. A 11. A 16. C 21. B 26. B 31. A 36. C 41. C 46. A
2. B 7. B 12. B 17. D 22. A 27. B 32. C 37. B 42. A 47. C
3. B 8. C 13. D 18. B 23. B 28. B 33. D 38. A 43. D 48. A
4. D 9. B 14. C 19. C 24. A 29. C 34. A 39. B 44. A 49. C
5. A 10. C 15. D 20. A 25. B 30. C 35. C 40. B 45. C 50. B
Part XVI: VOCABULARY

Exercise 1:
1. B 7. C 13. D 19. B 25. C 31. A 37. A 43. D 49. C 55. A
2. A 8. D 14. B 20. C 26. C 32. A 38. D 44. B 50. B 56. D
3. D 9. D 15. B 21. B 27. D 33. C 39. A 45. C 51. B 57. D
4. C 10. A 16. D 22. B 28. C 34. B 40.B 46. A 52. D 58. C
5. A 11. B 17. A 23. D 29. C 35. C 41. D 47. A 53. A 59. D
6. A 12. B 18. C 24. A 30. D 36. B 42. D 48. C 54. C 60. A
Exercise 2:
1. B 7. a 13. b 19. d 25. d 31. b 37. c 43. d 49. b 55. d
2. A 8. a 14. b 20. b 26. b 32. d 38.c 44. a 50. d 56. d
3. B 9. b 15. a 21. a 27. d 33.a 39. b 45. c 51. c 57. b
4. A 10. d 16. d 22. b 28. c 34. c 40.b 46. c 52. b 58. c
5. b 11. d 17. b. 23. c 29. a 35.d 41. c 47. b 53. c 59. a
6. d 12. c 18. b 24. c 30.a 36. b 42. b 48. c 54. d. 60. d
Exercise 3:
1. B 7. A 13. B 19. A 25. D 31. B 37. C 43. B 49. B 55. D
2. B 8. B 14. C 20. D 26. B 32. A 38. C 44. D 50. C 56. C
3. C 9. A 15. B 21. A 27. A 33. A 39. A 45. D 51. B 57. A
4. C 10. C 16. D 22. D 28. C 34. B 40. B 46. A 52. A 58. D
5. C 11. C 17. D 23. B 29. C 35. B 41. B 47. C 53. D 59. A
6. D 12. A 18. B 24. A 30. C 36. A 42. B 48. A 54. D 60. C
Exercise 4:
1B 4C 7C 10A 13B 16C 19A 21A 23D 26D
2A 5D 8C 11A 14C 17D 20D 24B 27C
3D 6B 9C 12A 15C 18A 22A 25B 28B
125
29D 33D 37C 41A 44A 48D 52D 56A 60D
30A 34B 38A 45A 49C 53B 57D
31B 35A 39A 42D 46D 50C 54A 58B
32A 36A 40B 43B 47A 51B 55A 59B
126
Exercise 5:
1. B 11. A 21. D 31. C 41. C 51. B 61. C 71. B 81. A 91. A
2. D 12. C 22. C 32. D 42. D 52. A 62. A 72. A 82. C 92. D
3. D 13. D 23. A 33. B 43. C 53. B 63. A 73. D 83. A 93. C
4. D 14. B 24. C 34. A 44. B 54. B 64. D 74. D 84. C 94. B
5. C 15. A 25. C 35. D 45. A 55. A 65. B 75. B 85. B 95. C
6. B 16. A 26. C 36. A 46. C 56. C 66. B 76. A 86. D 96. B
7. C 17. B 27. C 37. C 47. D 57. C 67. C 77. C 87. B 97. D
8. A 18. B 28. B 38. B 48. D 58. D 68. A 78. B 88. D 98. B
9. D 19. D 29. A 39. A 49. C 59. D 69. C 79. B 89. B 99. A
10. B 20. B 30. B 40. B 50. D 60. C 70. D 80. A 90. C 100. D
Part XVII: READING COMPREHENSION

I. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer
Exercise 1: 1. B 2. B 3. C 4.D 5. A
Exercise 2: 1. D 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. B
Exercise 3: 1. B 2. B 3. C 4. C 5. A
Exercise 4: 1. B 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. A 6. A
Exercise 5: 1. D 2. A 3.C 4.C 5. B
Exercise 6: 1. D 2. B 3. A 4.D 5. C
Exercise 7: 1. D 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. D
Exercise 8: 1. B 2. C 3.D 4.D 5. C
Exercise 9: 1. B 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. C
Exercise 10: 1. B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. A
Exercise 11: 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A
Exercise 12: 1. B 2. A 3. D 4. C 5. A
Exercise 13: 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. B
Exercise 14: 1. D 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B
Exercise 15: 1. A 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D
Exercise 16: 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. A
Exercise 17: 1. A 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. D
Exercise 18: 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. B
Exercise 19: 1. A 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. B
Exercise 20: 1. C 2. D 3. D 4. B 5. C
Exercise 21: 1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. C 6. B
Exercise 22: 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C
Exercise 23: 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. A 5. C
Exercise 24: 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. B
Exercise 25: 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. B
Exercise 26: 1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A
127
Exercise 27: 1. A 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. C
Exercise 28: 1. A 2. C 3. C 4.D 5. A
Exercise 29: 1. A 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B
Exercise 30: 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D
Exercise 31: 1. D 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A
II. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word or phrase.
Exercise 1: 1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. D 7. A 8.B 9.A 10.C
Exercise 2: 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. C 8.C 9. D 10. B
Exercise 3: 1. C 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. D 8. B 9.A 10.D
Exercise 4: 1.B 2.C 3.A 4. D 5.B 6.A 7.C 8.A 9.D 10.B
Exercise 5: 1.A 2.A 3.D 4.B 5.C
Exercise 6: 1.C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. C 7.B 8.B 9.D 10.C
Exerciser 7: 1.C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. D 8. A 9. B 10.D
Exercise 8: 1. D 2. B 3.C 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. B
Exerciser 9: 1.B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. D 8.C 9. A 10.B
Exercise 10: 1. A 2. A 3.C 4.B 5. D 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. B
Exercise 11: 1.B 2.B 3.D 4.A 5.C 6.A 7.D 8.B 9.A 10.C
Exerciser 12: 1.D 2.C 3.A 4.B 5.C 6.A 7.D 8.D 9.B 10.B
Exercise 13: 1.D 2.A 3.C 4.A 5.A 6.B 7.D 8.D 9.B 10.C
Exercise 14: 1.A 2.D 3.C 4.B 5.B 6.C 7.A 8.D 9.A 10.B
Exercise 15: 1.C 2.D 3.A 4.C 5.B 6.A 7.D 8.C 9.A 10.B
Exercise 16: 1.B 2.C 3.B 4.D 5.A 6.D 7.A 8.C 9.D 10.C
Exercise 17: 1.C 2.B 3.A 4.A 5.D 6.B 7.D 8.A 9.C 10.C
Exercise 18: 1.D 2.C 3.A 4.B 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.A 9.B 10.C
Exercise 19: 1.A 2.D 3.B 4.C 5.A 6.C 7.D 8.B 9.D 10.C
Exercise 20: 1C 2A 3D 4B 5B 6A 7C 8B 9D 10A
Exercise 21: 1B 2D 3B 4A 5A 6C 7C 8D 9A 10B
Exercise 22: 1B 2C 3D 4B 5A
Exercise 23: 1A 2B 3D 4C 5A 6D 7B 8C 9A 10B
Exercise 24: 1C 2D 3A 4B 5D 6D 7C 8A 9C 10A
Exercise 25: 1C 2D 3A 4B 5A 6D 7C 8A 9D 10B
Exercise 26: 1A 2D 3D 4C 5B 6A 7D 8C 9B 10A
Exercise 27: 1A 2B 3D 4A 5C 6B 7C 8A 9D 10B
Exercise 28: 1C 2D 3A 4B 5B 6D 7C 8A 9C 10A
Exercise 29: 1B 2D 3A 4C 5C 6A 7D 8C 9B 10B
Exercise 30: 1C 2D 3B 4A 5A 6C 7C 8B 9B 10C
Exercise 31: 1A 2C 3B 4D 5D 6C 7A 8B 9B 10C
Exercise 32: 1B 2A 3C 4B 5D 6D 7A 8C 9B 10D
Exercise 33: 1D 2C 3A 4D 5B 6D 7A 8C 9A 10D
Exercise 34: 1C 2D 3B 4A 5B 6C 7B 8A 9D 10C
Exercise 35: 1A 2D 3B 4D 5A 6C 7B 8A 9D 10C
Exercise 36: 1A 2D 3B 4C 5D 6C 7A 8B 9B 10D
Exercise 37: 1A 2C 3D 4A 5B 6D 7C 8B 9C 10A
128
Part XVIII: WRITING

Exercise 1:
1.A 2.B 3.D 4.D 5.D 6.B 7.C 8.C 9.D 10. C 11A 12.D 13.D 14.A
15.C 16.D 17.C 18.A 19.D 20.A
Exercise 2:
1.A 2.B 3.A 4.D 5.C 6.C 7.C 8.D 9. B 10.D 11.B 12.C 13.C 14.A
15.B 16.C 17. B 18.C 19.D 20.C
Exercise 3:
1.B 2.C 3.A 4.C 5.B 6.A 7.B 8.A 9.D 10.A 11.C 12.D 13.B 14.A
15.A 16.D 17.B 18.C 19.D 20.B
Exercise 4:
1.A 2.B 3.A 4.D 5.B 6.D 7.B 8.A 9.B 10.B 11.A 12.D 13.C 14.A
15.C 16.A 17.C 18.A 19.A 20.A
Exercise 5:
1.A 2.D 3.B 4.C 5.D 6.A 7.B 8.C 9.B 10.A 11.C 12.A 13. D 14.D
15.B 16.C 17.A 18.B 19.C 20.D
Exercise 6:
1.D 2.A 3.C 4.C 5.B 6.C 7.D 8.C 9.B 10.B 11.C 12.B 13. C 14.D
15.D 16.D 17.B 18.D 19.C 20.C
Exercise 7:
1A 2D 3B 4C 5D 6B 7D 8B 9C 10B 11C 12B 13B 14C
15B 16D 17A 18A 19A 20B 21C 22D 23C 24C 25C 26C 27A 28D
29C 30D 31A
Exercise 8:
1B 2B 3C 4B 5D 6A 7A 8A 9B 10C 11C 12B 13C 14A
15C 16C 17B 18B 19C 20A
Exercise 9:
1B 2A 3B 4D 5C 6A 7B 8A 9C 10B 11C 12D 13D 14C
15A 16C 17D 18C 19B 20A
Exercise 10:
1D 2B 3D 4D 5A 6A 7B 8C 9B 10B 11A 12B 13A 14C
15D 16D 17C 18D 19C 20D
129

Tong Hop Cac Dang Bai Cho On Thi THPT Quoc Gia Mon Tieng Anh

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tong Hop Cac Dang Bai Cho On Thi THPT Quoc Gia Mon Tieng Anh

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tong Hop Cac Dang Bai Cho On Thi THPT Quoc Gia Mon Tieng Anh

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VnDoc - Tải tài liệu, văn bản pháp luật, biểu mẫu miễn phí

Part II: TENSES

Part III: PASSIVE VOICE

13. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony.......................next weekend

Part IV: CONDITIONAL CLAUSE

4. If we took the 10:30 train, ___.

23. If you ___ as I told you, you ___ sorry now.

Part V: REPORTED SPEECH

Part VI: RELATIVE CLAUSE

Part VII: CLAUSE OF REASON

Part VIII: CLAUSE OF RESULT

22. “I find the local newspapers to be __________ uninformative”

Part IX: CLAUSE OF CONCESSSION

31. Though _______, they are good friends.

Part X: CLAUSE OF PURPOSE

23.The piano was too heavy ______.

Part XI: MODAL VERB

40. She ought not ___ him but she did.

Part XII: PREPOSITION - ARTICLE

Part XIII: WORD FORM

Part XIV: VERB FORM

Part XV: CORRECTION

35. Have you finish the report yet?

Part XVI: VOCABULARY

39. The ______ to success is to be ready from the start.

1. It is quite important _______ me to get on and think.

38. ___ books tell stories from the author’s imagination.

Part XVII: READING COMPREHENSION

The University of Oxford, informally called "Oxford University", or simply

1. A. assist B. increase C. make D. create

WHY READ BOOKS?

Part XVIII: WRITING

1. He got good jobs he got, he was no satisfied. (no matter)

1. Most bosses cannot put up with irresponsibility.

1. Mary hid the novel under her pillow _________.

1.”I’ll give it to him tomorrow” John said.

1. “Who is the professor?” _ “He’s the man ______.”

4. Do you happen to know__________?

1. They couldn’t climb up the mountain because of the storm.

1. If / he/ come/ station/ earlier/ not miss/ train.

1. She wondered: “Why hasn’t Nancy come?”

Part II: TENSES

Part III: PASSIVE VOICE

Part IV: CONDITIONALCLAUSE

Part V: REPORTED SPEECH

Part VI: RELATIVE CLAUSE

Part VII: CLAUSE OF REASON

Part VIII: CLAUSE OF RESULT

Part IX: CLAUSE OF CONCESSSION

Part X: CLAUSE OF PURPOSE 36. D

Part XI: MODAL VERB

Part XII: PREPOSITION - ARTICLE

Part XIII: WORD FORM

Part XIV: VERB FORM

1. A 6. C 11. B 16. D 21. D 26. A 31. A 36. A 41. C 46. C

Part XV: CORRECTION

Part XVI: VOCABULARY

Part XVII: READING COMPREHENSION

23. If you _ as I told you, you _ sorry now.